TABLE OF CONTENTS Pdf

Home

1. CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 G74 20TN RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE 2 214 20BK YL GROUND PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 4 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 G74 20TN RD LHD RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE 1 G75 20TN RHD LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE 2 714 20BK YL GROUND 3 P36 18PK VT DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT 4 P33 180R BK DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT 257 R u dHcoz u R E 2 CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER 258 iL STARTER MOTOR RADIATOR RELAY FAN LOW RELAY 2 4L TURBO AIC COMPRESSOR _ USED RADIATOR FAN HIGH I RELAY AUTOMATIC 2 4L TURBO SHUT DOWN RADIATOR RELAY 5 FAN HEADLAMP SPARE RELAY 2 0L HORN 5 IGN RUN 4 RELAY 7 SPARE RAD FAN 6 RADIATOR FAN CONTROL TRANSMISSION RELAY 4 9 STARTER ABS 8 2 4L TURBO 1 EBL 10 NOT USED 13 12 j t INTILMP SPARE USED 15 HZIFLSH PIOUT 14 MANIFOLD TUNING 17 EATX MTV 16 VALVE RELAY RT 19 SPARE HORN 18 21 FP ASD FOG 20 FU
2. erp 1 i 1 1 HEAD 1 i FUSE 15 PK RD 15 1 mu Fused B 20 4 X p c al i i BATT 1 FUSE 17 LEFT Dimmer Switch 10A HEADLAMP 1 Low Beam Output BK Ground RIGHT FUSE 18 10 HEADLAMP RD OR ee 8 Dimmer Switch High Beam Output 80078015 5 H E M R M S 268 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CENTER BLOCK FUSE Fuse 13 4 1 Fused 21 1 7 7 20A rf 15 Be FUSE 1 FUSE RD WT Y d 1 Fused Ignition Switch Output OFF RUN START 15 AUTOSTICK ONLY DB IL 30 E 10 7 Fuel Level Sensor Signal ee DB WT T 1 Fused Ignition Switch Output RUN START 15 10 ign NON AUTOSTICK IGNITION 1 ECL SWITCH ZA 4 DB WT i 2 l Fused Ignition Switch Output RUN START 9 ba 1 FUEL E AUTOSTICK ONLY BK OR TO RKE MODULE VTSS Indicator Driver 5 wi J d VT YL PCI B 2 TO PCI BUS ELBU WT BK PARK gt Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver 22 SWITCH TN RD 17 Right Turn Signal TO FRONT LG RD TURN LAMP SEAT Seat Belt S
3. R32 20YL OR R34 200R YL 209 YELLOW SEAT SIDE CAV CIRCUIT 1 2 3 R31 180R 4 R33 18WT 247 CONNECTOR PINOUTS C209 YELLOW SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG JUMPER SIDE YELLOW CAV CIRCUIT L T 1 4 di tt 2 3 R31 20YL OR C209 4 R33 200R YL CLOCKSPRING GREEN 7 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION GREEN 1 R45 20DG LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 2 4320 DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 noe 3 7 mU i 4 5 3 22BK RD HORN RELAY CONTROL CLOCKSPRING 6 V37 20RD LG 2 0L SPEED S C SWITCH SIGNAL CONTROL 7 914 20BR WT 2 0L GROUND SPEED CONTROL COMPACT DISC CHANGER BLACK 8 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 24GY WT AUDIO OUT RIGHT N 2 240R YL PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL N 3 24VT YL PCI BUS 4 24RD FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT 5 24DG WT AUDIO OUT LEFT T 6 24BK OR GROUND 1 22BK YL GROUND R 8 22GY YL BG P N COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR BLACK
4. 263 SEAT BELT SWITCH BLACK 2 WAY 264 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE BLACK 6 WAY co 0e4 eeu 264 SIREN EXPORT BLACK 4 264 vi 10 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS cede essa kr RR eR n REX RR CE OP wa Oe es 265 10 1 AIRBAG SYSTEM cus edet mex DURER A E 265 10 2 AUDIO iive rege tase sewn RR an E ee 266 10 21 GB CHANGER ck uh a RE PEE REP RC e FR ROCA RA SEC 267 10 3 COMPASS TEMPERATURE 267 10 4 EXTERIOR LIGHTING eph ERE 268 10 5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER axo hk Se E EUR ee Re 269 10 6 INTERIOR LIGHTING hs eave YA 270 107 POWER DOOR LOCKS AKE 270 10 8 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION 1csluwiese Ie hber Rent reos eere 271 10 9 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM 4 272 vii NOTES viii 1 0 INTRODUCTION The procedures contained in this manual include all the specifications instructions and graphics needed to diagnose 2004 body system problems The diagnostics in this manual are based on the failure condition or symptom being present at the time of diagnosis Please follow the recommendations below when choosin
5. 2255 5 RREEERA RU RA ES RO ER ak AREE ERA ROC REX 9 3 7 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE ove erg UESTRAE C RESI RES 9 3 7 1 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM 9 3 7 2 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM EXPORT ONLY 10 373 POWER 555 55809 554598 Xd a hs 10 3 7 3 1 CENTRAL LOCKING WIVTSS 10 3 7 3 2 ROLLING AUTOMATIC DOOR 5 10 das DOOR LOCK aa uh hee whee ike ee 10 3 7 3 4 POWER DEGKLID RELEASE 10 24 38 PANIC MODE IF EQUIPPED bees eee 10 3 8 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION XR RE RE KR bee eee e 10 28 USING THE 22 oak pi tx we OCA RICE aw eens 12 3 9 4 DRBIIIe ERROR MESSAGES AND BLANK SCREEN 12 3 9 2 DABII DOES NOT POWER UP RE 12 3 9 3 DISPLAY IS NOT 12 DISCLAIMERS SAFETY 13 4 1 DISCLAIMERS res rk un REOR ATE 13 4 2 SAFETY fo PET 13 421 TECHNICIAN SAFETY 13 42 2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING rr RR ww 13 423 SERVICING SUB ASSEMBLIES 13 424 SAFETY 1
6. LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND ACM DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 5 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 34 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1SHORT TO GROUND Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH Disconnect the Driver Airbag Module NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBII1I read the active Airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND Yes GoTo 3 Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service
7. When Monitored and Set Condition PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored When the ignition is on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits for low resistance Set Condition TheACM has detected a short to ground in the Passenger Squib 1 circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1AND LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACM PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged All Turn the ignition on NOTE Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connec tor SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 5 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 67 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1SHORT TO GROUND Continued APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON AHARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passeng
8. 13 4 3 WARNINGS eee Mouwre Saute p MR EXEREND ER Ga PEST ie PERIC d pira 14 431 VEHICLE DAMAGE 14 4 3 2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT 14 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT 14 GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS e e earn 14 7 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND 15 AIRBAG ACCELEROMETER T uit drin tessa Seta ewan de eee Rew rien 16 AGGELERONETER 2 55 exu RCM RACER be Gk eee eee 16 INTERNAL Grane EY e Y eec Oe ek eR d es 16 OUTPUT DRIVER 1 ese epu nari a E eua eng Cesar dq PUPA RES CRI REPE 16 OUTPUT DRIVER 2 254 r ramina Sees ERR ERES 16 SENSOR as CR ORE E x PIPER CE e IR E eR og 16 STORED ENERGY FIRING 14 5 ceed rrr DERE EAE RR dehet bho EE RR 16 STORED ENERGY LOGIC s gua itr edd RS ura ERI REPAS EE 16 AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN 19 AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT eR REX oe REVERSE 19 CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH 1n Ra RR ERR RO RR R8 21 CONFIGURATION ERROR 1210200008 se heeeses ERA ETENEE 23 DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT rx ER REPERI ER oe EER RES 25 DRIVER SQUIB T CIRCUIT S
9. LINE 2 SHORTED TO BATTERY SIACM SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Ensure the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ONE LEFT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 LEFT SIACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 RIGHT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 RIGHT SIACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 76 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Seat Airbag connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Seat Airbag connector WARNING TURN IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII9 read SIACM active DTC s Does the DRBIII9 display SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY Yes GoTo 3 No Replace Seat Airbag in accordance with the Service Information Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
10. Yes Replace the Radio Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 91 AUDIO Symptom CD READ FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition CD READ FAILURE When Monitored Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on Set Condition The code will set if a CD that 15 not formatted as a music CD is installed in the radio CD player POSSIBLE CAUSES CD READ FAILURE APPLICABILITY Replace the problem CD with a good clean unscratched music CD All Turn the radio CD player on With the DRBIII read DTC s Does the DRBIII9 display CD READ FAILURE Yes Replace the Radio Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 92 AUDIO Symptom CD TEMPERATURE HIGH eT When Monitored and Set Condition CD TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on Set Condition The code will set if the temperature inside the radio CD player is above 85 C 185 F POSSIBLE CAUSES HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII erase the audio DTC s All Start the engine and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature If the vehicle has been in the hot sunlight or extreme cold move the vehicle indoors and open the doors to allow the inside temperature to stabilize The radio CD player will operate between 30 C and 85 C 22 F and 185
11. Yes The condition is not present at this time Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins TSB that may apply Visually in spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals Replace the Fuel Level Sensor in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 163 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom HIGH BEAM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES HIGH BEAM INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN HIGH BEAM INDICATOR BULB INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the High Beam headlamps operate properly before proceeding with this test Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Turn on the headlamps and actuate the High Beams Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the High Beam Indicator circuit Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the High Beam Indicator circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Remove and inspect the High Beam Indicator bulb Is the bulb open Yes Replace the High Beam Indicator bulb in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 164 INSTRUMENT CLUST
12. Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Relay Output circuit in the RKE module connector to ground Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Door Lock Relay Output wire for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 9 Turn ignition off Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Relay Output circuit in the RKE module connector to ground Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Door Unlock Relay Output wire for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 10 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector All Measure the resistance between the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output circuit and the Door Lock Relay Output circuit in the RKE module connector Is the resistance below 3 5 ohms Yes Repair the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output circuit for a short to the Door Lock Relay Output circuit Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 11 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance between the Door Unlock Relay Output circuit and the Door Lock Driver Relay Output in the RKE module connector Is the resistance below 1 5 ohms Yes Repair the Door Unlock Relay Output circuit for a short to the Door Lock Relay Output circuit Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST V
13. Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Relay Output wire between the RKE module connector and the door lock motor connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Door Lock Relay Output wire for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn ignition off Remove the appropriate inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Relay Output wire between the RKE module connector and the door lock motor connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Door Unlock Relay Output wire for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 209 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE ONE PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK amp UNLOCK Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off All Remove the appropriate inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Relay Output wire to ground Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Door Unlock Relay Output wire for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn ignition off Remove the appropriate inner do
14. The CD changer contains a Load Eject button and an indicator light for each of the four disc positions The individual light indicates whether a CD iscurrently loaded in that particular chamber of the CD changer Pressing the individual Load Eject button for a particular chamber will eject a disc currently present in the chamber If the chamber is currently empty actuating the Load Eject button will position that chamber to receive and load a new disc in that chamber 3 3 COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR DESCRIPTION The optional Compass Temperature Mirror has a vacuum fluorescent VF display that is integrated into the rear view mirror The Compass Temp Mir ror includes the compass temperature display and two map reading lamps This display provides the outside temperature and one of eight compass head ings to indicate the direction the vehide is facing The Compass Temp Mirror displays the compass heading and the outside temperature at the same time The Ambient Temperature Sensor monitors the outside temperature and is hardwired to the PCM The Compass Temp Mirror also receives and transmits data on the PCI Bus OPERATION The Compass Temp Mirror incorporates 2 read ing lamp buttons with the STEP button and the Zone Calibration button features activated by hold ing a button for a specified time period The STEP button provides the selections between English and GENERAL INFORMATION Metric The Zone Cal button provides the se
15. WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Passenger Airbag NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII9 read the active airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT Yes GoTo 3 No Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor mation Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool adapter to the Airbag Control Module connector Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger airbag connector Measure the resistance between Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Squib 1 Line 2 circuit at the Passenger Airbag connector 15 the resistance below 10K ohms Yes Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit short to Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICA
16. Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the I nstrument Cluster harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Instrument Cluster Ground circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Repair the Instrument Cluster Ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 153 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom ANY OR ALL GAUGE POINTER S ON WRONG SIDE OF STOP POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER APPLICABILITY To repair any or all gauges with the pointer on the wrong side of the stop perform All either of the following procedures Procedure 1 Turn the ignition off Remove the 4 Fuse from the Fuse Block Turn the ignition on then off Reinstall the 4 Fuse to the Fuse Block Procedure 2 Perform the Instrument Cluster self test Turn the ignition off Press and hold the Trip Reset button Turn the ignition on Did the gauge pointer s in question return to the proper position Yes Test Complete No Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 154 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom ANY PCI BUS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES LED DEFECTIV
17. able to I D or establish communications with either of the modules Yes GoTo 2 No Refer tothe Communications category and perform the symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector Turn the ignition on Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 3 No Check Fuse Block fuse for an open If ok repair the used Switch Output circuit for an open or short Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open or short Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 113 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts probe the ground circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Note Ensure there is PCI Bu
18. Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch connector Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the Hood Ajar connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Ground circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 213 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY HOOD AR SWITCH MISSING EXPORT ONLY Continued APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch connector All Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Measure the resistance of the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the switch connector and the RKE module connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch connector Connect a jumper wire between the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit and ground Does the DRBIII9 show Hood Ajar Sw Closed Yes Replace the Hood Ajar Switch Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 214 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom MODULE PREVIOUSLY CONFIGURED FOR VTSS MMMM When Monitored and Set Condition MODULE PREVIOUSLY CONFIGURED FOR VTSS When Monitored With the ignition on during the configuration of the Remote Keyless Entry Module Set Condition If the configuration of the module type has been previously set for VTSS an attempt to set the modu
19. Is the PCM present on the bus Yes With the DRB erase DTCs Cycle the ignition switch and check for DTCs If DTC resets replace the RKE Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 2 Turn the ignition on With the DRB attempt to communicate with the PCM Was the DRB able to communicate with the PCM Yes GoTo 3 No Refer tothe communication category and perform the appropriate symptom Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the PCM harness connectors Disconnect the RKE Module harness connector Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the RKE Module connector and the PCM connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Powertrain Control Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 188 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom NO SKIM MESSAGES RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition NO SKIM MESSAGES RECEIVED When Monitored With the ignition on or in the run position Set Condition The RKE Module does not receive any SKIM messages for 12 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE SKIM RKE MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All With the DRB attempt to communicate with the SKIM Was the DRB able to 1 0 or communicate with the SKIM Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to the Communication category for the rel
20. RELEASE CONNECTOR RETAINER GASKET DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH KNOCKOUT LOCK CYLINDER 242 80bce982 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8 5 3 DOOR LOCK MOTOR LOCK TO LATCH LINK amp SLEEVE CYLINDER OUTSIDE LOCK DOOR SWITCH HANDLE ndum Nc e INSIDE DOOR 9 LOCK CYLINDER RETAINING CLIP HANDLE LINK amp SLEEVE MUTO S RIGHT FRONT DOOR SHOWN OTHERS TYPICAL L T S 8 6 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION 8 6 1 CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE MODULE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT NX HCU hs SS 4 4 A cA It NOTE SHOWN WITH BATTERY AND TRAY REMOVED 8 6 2 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE SKIM V 2 21 e V STEERING COLUMN IGNITION KEY CYLINDER SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE SKIM CONNECTOR 80b5cb46 243 COMPONENT LOCATIONS v 8 7 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY ull 8 7 1 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE MODULE N T Ss TAAL SNe NIS L S 8 7 2 HOOD AJAR SWITCH EXPORT HOOD AJAR 80bce983 LOCK TO LATCH LINK amp SLEEVE CYLINDER OUTSIDE LOCK DOOR HANDLE SW
21. WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the re
22. 1A 217 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom HORN FAILS TO SOUND DURING ALARM POSSIBLE CAUSES HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE APPLICABILITY Ensure the horn is operational from the horn switch before proceeding If the horn All does not work properly refer to the appropriate Service Information and repair the Horn circuit as necessary Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Connect one end of a jumper wire to the Horn Relay Control circuit in the RKE connector Momentarily touch the other end of the jumper wire to ground Did the horn sound when the jumper wire was attached Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Repair the Horn Relay Control circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 218 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom INTRUSION SENSOR CANNOT BE DISABLED EXPORT ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INTRUSION SENSOR REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Dome Lamp l ntrusion Sensor connector All Measure the voltage between the Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit and ground Is the voltage above 10 0 volts Yes Replace the Intrusion Sensor Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Replacethe Remote Keyless Entry Modulein accordance with the Service I nformation Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 219 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom INTRUSION SEN
23. 4 127 16WT TN DAYTIME FOG LAMP SWITCH SENSE RUNNING LAMPS 4 139 20LB EXCEPT FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT EXPORT EXCEPT DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS 4 139 16LB EXPORT FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT 5 069 20BK OR VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER 6 19 22RD PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL 7 G420DB FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL 8 9 065 20DB WT AUTOSTICK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 10 23 16BK OR GROUND 11 13 1 12 2 2208 PANEL LAMPS DRIVER 18 9201 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RKE SENSE 14 17 18BK YL HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT s 15 11 20RD WT AUTO IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT OFF RUN START STICK INSTRUMENT 15 G5 20DB WT EXCEPT AU FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START CLUSTER TOSTICK 16 1161 18LG OR EXCEPT LEFT TURN SIGNAL N EXPORT 17 1160 18TN RD EXCEPT RIGHT TURN SIGNAL E EXPORT 18 L6118LG LEFT TURN SIGNAL c 19 160 18TN RIGHT TURN SIGNAL T 20 14 16VT WT EXCEPT EX DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT 0 PORT R 21 M1 18PK FUSED B 22 G11 20WT BK RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER P 23 626 22LB KEY IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE 24 0675 20TN BK EXCEPT LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE N EXPORT 24 074 20TN RD EXPORT RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE 25 G10 20LG RD SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE T 26 13 16RD OR DIMMER SWITCH HIGH BEAM OUTPUT S LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH PREMIUM BLACK 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
24. 5 LHD FUSE 27 Fused Ignition Switch g RHD 10 LHD ANT Output RUN 11 RHD Fused Ignition 4 Switch Output FUSE BLOCK FUSE TURBO DA WT a 9 LHD Fused Ignition Switch 12 RHD Output RUN START FUSE BLOCK 22 41 FUSE 4 Fused B FUSE BLOCK FUSE 14 RD Fused 1 38 FUSE BLOCK aa DB WT C1 36 C1 25 LHD Fused Ignition P Switch Output s FUSE BLOCK FUSE BKWT 7 Fused Ignition Switch Output PK LG SCI SCI FUSE BLOCK COMPASS TEMP Toi FUSE 4 MIRROR Fused IF EQUIPPED PDC FUSE 13 PK LB Fused FuseBLock PD WT i Fused Ignition FUSE 3 Switch Output PDC FUSE RD WT 421 Fused B 6 9 CD CHANGER 81201718 S o H M D R M S 271 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10 9 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM HORN RELAY 0000 PARKLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT BRIRD RIGHT TURN SIGNAL EXPORT A ur ON Iu HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE TN BK LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SW SENSE LHD RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE RHO INSTRUMENT CLUSTER VTIBK DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH SENSE S H E M R M S BK RD HORN RELAY CONTR TO VTANT EXTERIOR DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT LEFT TURN SIGNAL EXPORT 272 p EXPORT RIGHT DOOR SWITCH MUX TO DOOR TO DOOR TO DOOR SWITCH 10 El FUSED B 0
25. 71 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 72 AIRBAG Symptom SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition
26. DOOR SPEAKER RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RIGHT I P SPEAKER IF EQUIPPED LEFT REAR SPEAKER RIGHT REAR SPEAKER 80fa7aa0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10 2 1 CD CHANGER VT YL PCI Bus GY ANT Audio Out R OR TN Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal BK OR Ground DG WT CD Audio Out L CHANGER GY YL RD Ignition Sw Output BK TN Ground 80fa7a4b 10 3 COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR VT YL TO PCI BUS z FUSE BLOCK pees sss WT 1 FUSE Fused Ignition 7 Switch Output RUN 4 10A BK YL Courtesy Lamp Control 1 1 1 1 TO INSTRUMENT TO i CLUSTER 1 1 FUSE BK PK 4 Fused B 4 2 BK OR 1 i Ground 49 i BK OR 1 1 Ground 811cec8f S o H M D R M S 267 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10 4 EXTERIOR LIGHTING INSTRUMENT MULTIFUNCTION CLUSTER SWITCH oe es 1 FUSE BLOCK i HEADLAMP ce i i BEAM i RD OR SELECT 1 Dimmer Switch CIRCUIT High Beam Output LG OR BREAKER2 26 1 1 26 Fused B i i 17 1 1 1 1 1 VT WT HEADLAMP 1 Dimmer Switch SWITCH l Low Beam Output l 20 HEAD i
27. FORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 46 AIRBAG Symptom MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB When Monitored and Set Condition MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB When Monitored With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message containing an A in the 4th position of the VIN This character identifies the type of safety equipment and should match the VIN The PCM transmits the VIN every 13 76 seconds Set Condition The code will set if the ACM detects a Side Impact Airbag Module active on the PCI Bus and the 4 th character of the VIN message is not an A POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK PCM VIN PCM PCI COMMUNICATION FAILURE MODULE NOT CONFIGURED ACM NOT CONFIGURED FOR SIDE AIRBAGS STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Ensure the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 6 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ig
28. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that Engine oil pressure is within normal operating range All Refer to the Service Information for specifications Allow the engine to idle With the DRBIII in Sensors read the Engine Oil Pressure Switch state Does the Engine Oil Pressure Switch status read Closed Yes GoTo 2 No Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Engine Oil Pressure Switch harness connector With the DRBIII in Sensors read the Engine Oil Pressure Switch status Does the Engine Oil Pressure Switch status read Closed Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Engine Oil Pressure Switch in accordance with the Service I nformation Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Engine Oil Pressure Switch harness connector Disconnect the PCM C1 connector on 2 0L equipped vehicles harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Engine Oil Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Engine Oil Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service I nformation 166 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE OIL PRESS
29. Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 60 AIRBAG Symptom PASSENGER SQUIB 1CIRCUIT SHORT EEE CIA When Monitored and Set Condition PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored When the ignition is on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits Set Condition TheACM has detected low resistance in the Passenger Squib 1 circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2 ACM PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged All Turn the ignition on NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 61 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1CIRCUIT SHORT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING
30. RR 255 LEFT SEAT AIRBAG SQUIB 2 255 LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE 8 WAY 255 MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH GRAY 20 256 PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 YELLOW 2 256 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 2 WAY 257 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 4 WAY 257 HORN RELAY ao ace dcbct ctp rra aede edo deg deni dc d decir ades 258 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 BLACK 38 259 RADIO 22 WAY s iasi masg ex EORR Y ETE B E EIER ed ewes oe ek 260 RADIO C2 COMPACT DISC CHANGER DK GRAY 10 260 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE BLACK 26 261 RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH EXPORT BLACK 2 261 RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH BLACK 3 262 RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER 3 262 RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER WHITE 2 262 RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 2 WAY 263 RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 4 WAY 263 BIGHTITRHEAR SPEAKER o WAY webb REC RE 263 RIGHT SEAT AIRBAG SQUIB 2 263 RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE 8 WAY
31. Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 52 AIRBAG Symptom NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored and Set Condition NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored With the ignition on and the module transmitting information on the PCI BUS Set Condition The code will set if the onboard diagnostic cannot detect the module transmitting information on the PCI BUS for 4 consecutive seconds NOTE Any PCI Bus Failure will may cause a stored code to set POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE ACM LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE LSIACM RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE RSIACM STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT 53 AIRBAG NO PCI TRANSMISSION Continued APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged All IF THE MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Turn the ignition on From the list below selec the appropriate module and DTC type for the this diagnostic trouble code NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM Select the appropriate module and type of DTC ACM ACTIVE Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST V
32. TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Left Side mpact Airbag Control Module harness connector Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts probe the ground circuit NOTE Make sure test light is connected to the Battery positive terminal Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Ground circuit for an open Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Note When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected Warning TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module harness connector Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run Start circuit Is the voltage above 6 0 volts Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run Start circuit for an open Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Note When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 107 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules If
33. Test Complete 139 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom List ABS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED ACM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED EATX MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED SBEC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED SKIM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED Test Note All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests The title for the tests will be ABS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition ABS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored With the ignition in the Run Start position Set Condition The Instrument Cluster detects no PCI Bus message from the CAB module for 12 twelve seconds ACM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored With the ignition in the Run Start position Set Condition Thelnstrument Cluster detects no PCI Bus message from the AECM for 5 five seconds EATX MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored With the ignition on Set Condition Thelnstrument Cluster detects no PCI Bus message from the EAT X for 5 five seconds SBEC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored With the ignition in the Run Start position Set Condition Thelnstrument Cluster detects no PCI Bus message from the SBEC for 20 twenty seconds SKIM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored With the ignition in the Run Start position Set Condition The Instrument Cluster detects no PCI Bus message from the SKIM Module for 20 twenty seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES BUS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED DTC PRESENT INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 140 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ABS MESSAGE NOT REC
34. before proceeding Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 100 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Turn all lights off Disconnect the Compass Temperature Mirror harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts probe each ground circuit Is the test light illuminated for both circuits Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Compass Temperature Mirror harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused B circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Compass Temperature Mirror harness connector Turn the ignition on Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 101 COMMUNICAT
35. read DTCs All Does the DRBIII9 display any PCM Ambient Temp DTCs Yes Refer to DRIVEABILITY for the related symptom s Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 2 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector Measure the Ambient Temperature Sensor using the following values 10 C 50 F Sensor Resistance 17 99 21 81 Kilohms 20 C 68 F Sensor Resistance 11 37 13 61 Kilohms 25 C 77 F Sensor Resistance 9 12 10 88 Kilohms 30 C 86 F Sensor Resistance 7 37 8 75 Kilohms 40 C 104 Sensor Resistance 4 90 5 75 Kilohms 50 C 122 F Sensor Resistance 3 33 3 88 Kilohms Does the Ambient Temperature Sensor resistance measure between the min max specifications Yes Replacethe Compass Temp Mirror in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Ambient Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service nformation Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 132 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TRN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN FUSED B DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DIMMER SWITCH HIGH BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND OPEN FUSE DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove Circuit Breaker 2 from the Fuse Block Measure voltage of the Fused circuit at the Circuit Breaker
36. 1 No GoTo 4 130 COMPASS MINI TRIP COMPUTER COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the Compass Temperature Mirror harness connector Measure the voltage between the Fused circuit and ground Is the voltage below 10 5 volts Yes Repair the Fused circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Compass Temperature Mirror harness connector Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage between the F used Ignition Switch Output circuit and ground Is the voltage below 10 5 volts Yes Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Compass Temperature Mirror harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Compass Temperature Mirror Ground circuit Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Compass Temperature Mirror in accordance with the Service I nformation Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 131 COMPASS MINI TRIP COMPUTER Symptom TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INOPERATIVE OR WRONG 2 0L ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT IN PCM AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII9
37. 47 SIG NALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE to indicate a communication problem These same messages will be displayed if the vehicle is not equipped with that particular module The CCD error message is a default message used by the DRBIII andin way indicates whether or not the PCI bus is operational The message is only an indication that a module is either not responding or the vehicle is not equipped NOTE For 2004 model year some vehicles will integrate the Transmission Control Module and Powertrain Control Module into a single control module This new module is the Next Generation Controller for DaimlerChrysler and will be referred to as the Powertrain Control Module PCM The Transmission Control Module is part of the Powertrain Control Module Diagnostic procedures and DTC numbers are some of the changes you will see which reflect the new combined module technology The PCM will have four color coded connectors C1 through C4 C1 BLK C2 ORANGE C3 WHITE C4 GREEN each PCM connector will have 38 pins each Two new tools are used for probing and repairing the New PCM connectors A New tool to release the pins from the PCM connectors Miller 3638 is introduced you must use the Miller tool 3638 to release the connector pins or harness and connector damage will occur Also a New tool for probing connectors Miller 8815 is introduced you must use the Miller tool 8815 to probe the PCM pins or harness and connector damage wi
38. 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Seat Belt Switch in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 173 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom VF DISPLAY INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure that the Instrument Cluster communicates on the PCI Bus All NOTE The Instrument Cluster must be operational for the result of this test to be valid The Instrument Cluster Odometer vacuum fluorescent VF Display is not a repairable or replaceable item If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 174 INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE ALL LAMPS POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER COURTESY LAMP OPEN COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the dome lamp lens All Remove and ensure the bulb is good Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Fused B circuit Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the open Fused B Circuit Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the Instrument Cluster Connect a jumper wire between the Courtesy Lamp Driver Circuit and groun
39. CAUSES CALIBRATION PROCEDURE COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR ACTION APPLICABILITY Perform the Compass Temp Mirror Self Check All Turn the ignition on Depress and hold the Zone Cal button left reading lamp button for 20 25 seconds Turn the ignition on and then release the STEP button NOTE The Compass Temp Module will illuminate all of the VF segments and then display P for Pass or an F for Fail Exit the self check by depressing the Zone Cal button or cycling the ignition Did the Compass Temp Mirror display an F during the self check Yes Replacethe Compass Temp Mirror in accordance with the Service Information NOTE After replacing the CTM it must be cali brated to operate properly Refer to Overhead Console in the Service Information or CTM Does Not Calibrate in this section Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 2 128 COMPASS MINI TRIP COMPUTER COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR DOES CALIBRATE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the vehicle has been properly demagnetized before All attempting to calibrate the compass Refer to Overhead Console in the Service Manual NOTE The compass must be calibrated after any replacement or display lock up Calibrate the compass using the following steps Drive the vehicle to an area away from any large metal objects or overhead power lines Ensure that the proper magnetic variance zone is stored in the compass memory Turn the
40. CONNECTOR PINOUTS BLACK 2 1 HOOD AJAR SWITCH EXPORT 5 Y 1 C 7 10 H 6 7 IGNITIO SWITCH o WHITE R IGNITION SWITCH C2 P U 5 HOOD AJAR SWITCH EXPORT BLACK 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 G70 20BR TN HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE 2 Z1 20BK GROUND IGNITION SWITCH C1 BLACK 10 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 At 14RD FUSED B 2 21 14DB GNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 3 0 16RD BK GNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN ACC 4 F1 16DB BK FUSED B 5 G26 22LB KEY IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE 6 A41 14YL GNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START 7 A31 14BK WT GNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN ACC 8 A22 12BK OR GNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN 9 A2 12PK BK FUSED 10 IGNITION SWITCH C2 WHITE 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION A81 20DG RD FUSED B 4 F11 20RD WT AUTO STICK IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT OFF RUN START 252 CONNECTOR PINOUTS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BLACK 26 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 L38 16BR WT EXPORT REAR FOG LAMP FEED 2 1025 20VT YL PCI BUS 3 M2 20YL COURTESY LAMP CONTROL
41. Circuit for an open condition Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector Turn the headlamps on Connect a jumper wire between the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output Circuit and the Dimmer Switch High Beam Output Circuit in the Multifunction Switch connec tor Did the High Beam Headlamps come on Yes Replace the Instrument cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Multifunction Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 134 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES DIMMER SWITCH HIGH BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove Circuit Breaker 2 from the Fuse Block All Do the High Beam Headlamps turn off Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the Dimmer Switch High Beam Output Circuit for a short to voltage condition Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the Instrument Cluster connector Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector Measure resistance of the Dimmer Switch High Beam Output Circuit to ground Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Multifunction Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 135 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH DIMM
42. Cluster harness connector Ensure the Multi Function Switch is connected before proceeding Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit from the Instrument Cluster harness connector to ground Move the I nstrument Panel Dimmer Switch through the entire range of adjustment while observing the ohmmeter Did the resistance increment smoothly between approximately 0 0 ohms to approx imately 3 500 ohms Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Multi F unction Switch in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 151 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom ALL GAUGES INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE PCI BUS NO RESPONSE PCI BUS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE NO RESPONSE PCI BUS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII select System Monitors then 1850 Module Scan Does the DRBIII9 display MIC PRESENT on the BUS Yes GoTo 2 No Refer tothe COMMUNICATION category and perform the appro priate symptom Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII select Body MIC SYSTEM TESTS PCM Monitor Does the DRBIII9 display PCM INACTIVE ON THE BUS Yes Refer to the symptom lis
43. Disconnect the Driver Airbag NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII read the active Airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN Yes GoTo 3 Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service nfor mation Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Clockspring connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBII1I read the active Airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Informa tion Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector Disconnect the L
44. FUNCTION 1 F15 20DG WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 2 3 R34 200R YL RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 4 R32 20YL OR RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2 5 Z6 20BK PK GROUND 6 7 8 D25 20VT YL PCI BUS 263 o R 4 2 CONNECTOR PINOUTS BLACK SEAT BELT SWITCH SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE SIREN E M EXPORT E 2 SEAT BELT SWITCH BLACK 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 G10 20LG RD SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE 2 21 20BK GROUND SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE BLACK 6 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 2 D25 22VT YL PCI BUS 3 4 G5 20DB WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 5 Z2 20BK LG GROUND 6 1 20PK FUSED B 4 SIREN EXPORT BLACK 4 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 X5 20WT RD SIREN CONTROL 2 X5 20WT RD SIREN CONTROL 3 21 18 GROUND 4 1 18PK FUSED B 264 10 0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE BK PK GROUND pete CLOCKSPRING DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 DG LB DRIVER BK LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 BK LB AIRBAG BK YL PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 PASSENGER DG YL PASSENGER SQUIB1 LINE 2 AIRBAG PART OF FUSE BLOCK DG WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START TN LG TO FUSED IGNITION SWITCH
45. FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII9 attempt to 1 0 or communicate with the Compass Temperature Mirror Was the DRBIII9 able to communicate with the Compass Temperature Mirror Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to Communications for the related symptom s Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Remove and inspect the 4 Fuse the Fuse Block If the fuse is open replace with the proper rated fuse Turn the ignition on for approximately 1 minute Turn the ignition off Remove and inspect the 4 Fuse in the Fuse Block Is the 4 Fuse open Yes Check the Fused B circuit for a short to ground and repair as necessary If the Fused B circuit is not shorted to ground replace the Compass Temperature Mirror Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 Turn the ignition off Remove and inspect the 7 Fuse in the Fuse Block If the fuse is open replace with the proper rated fuse Turn the ignition on for approximately 1 minute Turn the ignition off Remove and inspect the 7 Fuse in the Fuse Block Is the 7 Fuse open Yes Check the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for a short to ground and repair as necessary If the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit is not shorted to ground replace the Compass Temperature Mirror Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER
46. LAMP INTRUSION SENSOR EXPORT NATURAL 4 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 M220YL COURTESY LAMP CONTROL 2 1 t8PK FUSED B 4 3 121 18BK GROUND 4 6120 18WT DB INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL 250 ee 2 1 AIRBAG SQUIB 1 BLACK DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK FUEL PUMP MODULE CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 YELLOW 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 R43 18BK LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 2 R45 18DG LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 G75 20TN LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE 2 714 20BK YL GROUND DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 4 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 G75 20TN LHD LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE 1 G74 20TN RD RHD RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE 2 214 20BK YL GROUND 3 P34 18PK BK DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT 4 P33 180R BK DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT FUEL PUMP MODULE LT GRAY 4 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 Z1 18BK GROUND 2 Z2 20BK LG GROUND 3 G4 20DB FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL 4 A141 18DG WT FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT 251 o R 4 2
47. RKE frequencies are not compatible POSSIBLE CAUSES INCORRECT MODULE TYPE CONFIGURATION FOR PART NUMBER ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the module type corresponds with the correct module part number All If the module type corresponds with the module part number the RKE module is defective If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 183 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom INTERIOR DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SHORTED OR STUCK E When Monitored and Set Condition INTERIOR DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SHORTED OR STUCK When Monitored Whenever the RKE module is connected and the battery is above 10 0 volts Set Condition When a decklid release input is present for more than 8 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND DECKLID RELEASE RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SHORTED ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII erase DTCs All Turn the ignition on Operate the decklid release from the interior switch With the DRBIII read DTCs Does the DRBIII display INTERIOR DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SHORTED OR STUCK Yes GoTo 2 No Thecauses for setting this code are not present at this time Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the interior Decklid Rele
48. Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Sensor Ground circuit Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 149 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom PANEL DIMMER OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition PANEL DIMMER OPEN When Monitored When the ignition is on Set Condition Thelnstrument Cluster monitors the panel lamps dimmer signal circuit for a resistance value between 0 0 ohms and approximately 3 650 ohms When the cluster senses a value greater than 30 000 ohms for more than 5 seconds this code will set When this condition occurs the duster illumination will default to full brightness POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII erase Turn the Park Lamps Wait 10 ten seconds Rotate the Panel Lamps Dimmer Switch through the full range of adjustment With the DRBIII9 read Does the DRBIII9 display Panel Dimmer Open Yes GoTo 2 No The condition is not present at this time Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins TSB that may apply Visually in spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the igni
49. SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored When the ignition is on the SIACM monitors the resistance between the Seat Squib circuits Set Condition When the SIACM detects a low resistance between the Seat Squib circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT AIRBAG SHORT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2 SIACM SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the battery is fully charged All Turn the ignition on NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ONE LEFT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 LEFT SIACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 RIGHT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 RIGHT SIACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 73 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT Continued APPLICABILITY WARNING TURN THE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Seat Airbag connector NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Seat Airbag connector WARNING TURN IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRB read t
50. Sensor Signal circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance between ground and the Fuel Level Sensor Ground circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the Fuel Pump Module Ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Fuel Level Sensor between the Sensor Signal circuit pin and the Sensor Ground circuit pin Is the resistance above 1500 ohms Yes Replace the Fuel Level Sender in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 147 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SHORT EIL LL LE When Monitored and Set Condition FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SHORT When Monitored When the ignition is on Customer Complaint fuel gauge displays empty Set Condition Thelnstrument Cluster monitors the fuel level sensor signal circuit for a resistance value between approximately 25 ohms to 1100 ohms If the Cluster senses a resistance less than 25 ohms this code will set POSSIBLE CAUSES FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SHORT INTERMIT
51. Some of the features that it controls are the courtesy lamps chime and all instrument illumination It receives and sends messages to other modules via the PCI bus circuit The front turn signals are wired through the cluster and then GENERAL INFORMATION go to the front lamps For vehicles equipped with Daytime Running Lamps the DRL module is built into the cluster 3 7 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE The Remote Keyless Entry module controls the Power Door Locks and the Vehicle Theft Security System VTSS It also wakes up the Instrument Cluster to turn on the illuminated entry when it senses a signal from the RKE transmitter The module communicates with other modules via the PCI bus circuit module monitors the Occupant Re straint Controller messages for the purpose of mon itoring the deployment of the airbag Upon receiv ing that message along with the verification that the ignition is on and the vehicle speed is zero it will provide the enhanced accident response fea ture This feature will cause the module to unlock all doors immediately and the instrument duster to turn the courtesy lamps on when the vehicle reaches 0 MPH The RKE module communicates with the Power train Control Module to receive vehicle speed infor mation to activate the rolling door lock feature receivethe okay to lock message and receive body style information Two transmitters are supplied with the vehicle but a total of 4 can
52. Symptom list and troubleshoot new or recurring symptom 7 NOTE For Sensor Signal and Pump Motor faults the CAB must sense all 4 wheels at 25 km h 15 mph before it will extinguish the ABS Indicator 8 If there are no DTC s present after turning ignition on road test the vehicle for at least 5 minutes Perform several antilock braking stops 9 Caution Ensure braking capability is available before road testing 10 Again with the DRBIII9 read DTC s If any are present return to Symptom list 11 If there are no Diagnostic Trouble Codes DTC s present and the customer s concern can no longer be duplicated the repair is complete Are any DTC s present or is the original concern still present Yes Repair is not complete refer to appropriate symptom No Repair is complete AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 1 Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components except the Battery 2 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY 3 Connect the DRBIII to the Data Link Connector use the most current software available 4 Use the DRBIII and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules 5 Turn the Ignition Off and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On 6 Wait one minute and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes 7 Note If equipped with Airbag On Off switch read t
53. VER 1 Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module and replace the blown fuse Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace fuse 14 Operate all the door locks including the decklid release if equipped Did the system operate properly without blowing the fuse Yes Test complete If Fuse 14 blows again check with the customer as to when it blew and rerun this test Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Decklid Release Relay Output circuit to ground Is the resistance below 0 5 ohms Yes GoTo 6 No GoTo 7 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Disconnect the Decklid Solenoid connector Measure the resistance of the Decklid Release Relay Output circuit to ground Is the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes Repair the Decklid Release Relay Output wire for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Decklid Release Solenoid Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn ignition off Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output circuit in the RKE module connector to ground Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output wire for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 8 193 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE ALL DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE
54. a jumper wire between the Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit and ground With the DRBIII9 select THEFT ALARM VTSS INPUT OUTPUT With the DRBIII9 read the DRV DOOR AJ AR SW state Does the DRBIII9 show CLOSED Yes Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A GoTo 3 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector Disconnect the RKE Module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the door ajar switch connector and the RKE module connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Repair the Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 223 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom OPEN PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO TRIP ALARM POSSIBLE CAUSES LEFT REAR DOOR AJ AR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR SWITCH PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR AR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR RKE SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT REAR DOOR AR SWITCH PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR RKE SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR AR SWITCH PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR RKE CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR RKE SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE RKE MODULE PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR SENSE APPLICABILITY Close all passenger doors All With the DRBIII9 sel
55. as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII read the active Airbag DTCS Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor mation Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Clockspring connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII9 read the active Airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Informa tion Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check c
56. be disconnected WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair ReplacetheAirbag Control Modulein accordance with the Service information Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 82 AUDIO Symptom ALL OUTPUTS SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition ALL OUTPUTS SHORT When Monitored Ignition in RUN and I OD fuse installed Set Condition The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER SHORTED SPEAKER REAR SHORTED SPEAKER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SPEAKER amp CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Turn the Radio on With the DRBIII erase the audio Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds With the DRBIII read the audio 5 Does the DRBIII9 display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT Yes GoTo 2 No Refer tothe wiring diagrams located the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent short Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 8
57. button presses 3 8 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION The Programmable Communication Interface or PCI Bus is a single wire multiplexed network capa ble of supporting binary encoded messages shared between multiple modules The PCI bus circuit is identified as D25 The modules are wired in paral lel Connections are made in the harness using splices The following modules are used on the PL e Airbag Control Module e Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module e Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module e Controller Antilock Brake Powertrain Control Module Radio If equipped CD Changer If equipped Compass Temperature Mirror If equipped Remote Keyless Entry Module If equipped e Sentry Key Immobilizer Module If equipped e Mechanical Instrument Cluster Each module provides its own bias and termina tion in order to transmit and receive messages The bus voltage is at zero volts when no modules are transmitting and is pulled up to about seven and a half volts when modules are transmitting The bus messages are transmitted at a rate averaging 10800 bits per second Sincethereis only voltage present when the modules transmit and the message length is only about 500 milliseconds it is ineffective to try and measure the bus activity with a conventional voltmeter The preferred method is to use the DRBIII9 lab scope The 12v square wave selection on the 20 volt scale provides a good view of the bus activity Voltage on the bu
58. codes before returning vehicle to customer 38 AIRBAG Symptom INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM When Monitored and Set Condition INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM When Monitored With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a Right SIACM status message containing the airbag warning indicator On OFF request The status message is sent to the ACM once each second or upon any change in the active DTCs Set Condition The Code will set if the ACM receives an Lamp On status message from the Right SIACM NOTE This indicates that there is an active diagnostic trouble code in the Right SIACM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM NO ACTIVE RIGHT SIACM DTCS STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged All Ensure the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII read the Right SIACM active DTCs Did the DRBIII9 show any active DTCs Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to Right SIACM Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 39 AIRBAG INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM Continued ACTION APPLICABI
59. ground Is the resistance below 10 0 ohms Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1 No GoTo 7 Disconnect the Decklid Security Switch connector behind decklid lock cylinder Using a 12 volt Test Light connected to 12 volts test the Ground circuit for continuity Does the light illuminate Yes GoTo 8 No Repair the Decklid Security Switch Ground circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Disconnect the Decklid Security Switch connector behind decklid lock cylinder Connect a jumper wire between the Decklid Security Switch Sense circuit and ground Measure the resistance of the Decklid Security Switch Sense circuit in the RKE module connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Decklid Security Switch Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Repair the Decklid Security Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 232 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom VTSS SIREN INOPERATIVE EXPORT ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES SIREN FUNCTIONAL TEST OPEN FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT FAULTY SIREN SIREN CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN SIREN CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the I OD fuse is installed the vehicle is in the Customer Usage M ode Using the DRBIII9 read the
60. ignition off Disconnect the SKIM harness connector Turn the ignition on Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused Ignition Switch 119 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Note E nsure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All vehicle before proceeding If not refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary Disconnect the SKIM harness connector Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to Set voltage range to 20 volts Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the SKIM connector Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform SKIS VERIFICATION If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the Se
61. ignition on and ensure that the compass display is not blank Depress and hold the STEP button for 5 10 seconds until ZONE appears in the display then release the STEP button The number displayed is the variance zone stored in the compass memory If necessary refer to the Variance Map in Overhead Console in the Service Manual To change the variance zone depress the STEP button to scroll through the zone numbers 1 15 until the desired zone is displayed After selecting the proper zone wait approximately 15 seconds for the compass display to return to normal With the enginerunning depress and hold the STEP button for 5 10 seconds ZON E will appear then CAL Release the STEP button within 2 seconds of CAL illuminating With CAL displayed drive slowly less than 5 MPH 8 in 3 complete 360 degree circles CAL will turn off and the compass will be calibrated Did the compass calibrate Yes Test Complete No Ensure that all calibration instructions have been followed care fully Attempt to re calibrate the compass if unsuccessful replace the Compass Temp Mirror in accordance with the Service Instruc tions Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 129 COMPASS MINI TRIP COMPUTER Symptom COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE PCI BUS COMPASS FUSED B CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND FUSED B 4 CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
62. module configuration and ensure it is configured for PREMIUM VTA With the DRBIII actuate the SIREN Does the Siren actuate and sound proper Yes The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition Look for any chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wires Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No GoTo 2 Disconnect the Siren connector Measure the voltage of the Fused B circuit in the Siren connector Is the voltage above 10 0 volts Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open between the I OD fuse and the Intrusion Sensor Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Siren connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit in the Siren connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Ground circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 233 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY VTSS SIREN INOPERATIVE EXPORT ONLY Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Use the DRBIII and set up as follows All Use the Scope input cable 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRBIII Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable Select DRBIII9 Standalone Select lab scope Se
63. nfor mation Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Clockspring connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII9 read the active Airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Clockspring Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between Clockspring connector and ground Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit Yes Repair Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to ground Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 35 AIRBAG D
64. not All refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom and repair as necessary WARNING TURN THE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Left Side mpact Airbag Control Module harness connector Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts Set Probe to x10 Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Yes ReplacetheLeft Sidel mpact Airbag Control Module LSIACM in accordance with the Service Information WARNING Make sure the battery is disconnecte
65. of the Fused circuit in the fuse connector to ground 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Fused B Circuit for a short to ground condition Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Circuit Breaker and retest the system Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 138 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom List ABS INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN Test Note All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests The title for the tests will be ABS INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition ABS INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored With the ignition on and requested to turn on by the ABS module Set Condition The Instrument Cluster detects an open during the internal test on the indicator AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored With the ignition on and requested to turn on by the ACM Set Condition The Instrument Cluster detects an open during the internal test on the indicator POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE The Instrument Cluster performs internal tests on the ABS and All Airbag indicators each ignition cycle These indicator LEDs are not replace able With the DRBIII erase DTCs Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute Did theABS or Airbag indicator DTC reset Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1
66. of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 6 NOTE When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected 28 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT Continued APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Driver Airbag WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBII1I read the active Airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT Yes GoTo 3 No Replace Driver Airbag Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Clockspring connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the app
67. problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 55 AIRBAG Symptom NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module status message The Right SIACM transmits the status message to the ACM at 1 second intervals Set Condition If the ACM fails to see the Right SIACM status message on the PCI Bus for 10 seconds the code will set POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE ACM NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All Turn the ignition on NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconn
68. serviced as a unit with the ACM The ACM also contains an energy storage capac itor The purpose of the capacitor is to provide airbag system protection in a severe secondary impact if the initial impact has damaged or discon nected the battery but was not severe enough to deploy the airbags WARNING THE AIRBAG SYSTEM IS A SENSITIVE COMPLEX ELECTROMECHANI CAL UNIT BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO DIAG NOSE OR SERVICE ANY AIRBAG SYSTEM OR RELATED STEERING WHEEL STEERING COLUMN OR INSTRUMENT PANEL COMPO NENTS YOU MUST FIRST DISCONNECT AND ISOLATE THE BATTERY NEGATIVE GROUND CABLE WAIT TWO MINUTES FOR THE SYSTEM CAPACITOR TO DISCHARGE BEFORE FURTHER SYSTEM SERVICE THIS IS THE ONLY SURE WAY TO DISABLE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM FAILURE TO DO THIS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH WARNING NEVER STRIKE OR KICK THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE AS IT CAN DAMAGE THE IMPACT SENSOR OR AFFECT ITS CALIBRATION IF AN AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE 15 ACCIDENTALLY DROPPED DURING SERVICE THE MODULE MUST BE SCRAPPED AND REPLACED WITH A NEW UNIT FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD RESULT INACCIDENT AL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH The airbag warning lamp is the only point at which the customer can observe symptoms of system malfunction Whenever the ignition key is turned to the run or start position the MIC performs a lamp check by turning the airbag warn ing lamp
69. state Disconnect the Module connector while observing the DRBIII Did the DRBIII9 show Pas Door Ajar Sw Open Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 9 Turn the ignition off Disconnect all 3 passenger door ajar switches Disconnect the RKE Module connector If Equipped Disconnect the Instrument Cluster connector Measure the resistance of the Passenger Door Ajar Circuit in the Passenger Door Ajar Switch connector Is the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes Repair the Passenger Door Ajar RKE Sense Wire for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the Panel Lamps Dimmer to the MID position Disconnect the Instrument Cluster Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Courtesy Lamp Driver Circuit 15 the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes Repair the Courtesy Lamp Driver Circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 178 INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom ILLUMINATED ENTRY INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES COURTESY LAMPS OPERATIONAL INTERMITTENT CONDITION ILLUMINATED ENTRY NOT ENABLED ACTION APPLICABILITY Check the Courtesy Lamps for proper operation All Does the Courtesy Lamp operate properly from the Door Ajar Switche
70. the Brake Fluid Level Switch in accordance with the Service I nformation Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector Disconnect the PCM C2 connector for 2 0L vehicles harness connector Measuretheresistance between ground and the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit 15 the resistance below 10 000 ohms should be infinite Yes Repair the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit for a short to ground between the Brake Fluid Level Switch and the Instru ment Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 157 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATOR LED BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH PARK BRAKE SWITCH RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE The Brake Warning Indicator should illuminate during the bulb check cycle and will also illuminate using the Self Test Observe the Brake Warning Indicator during the bulb check or Instrument Cluster Self Test Did the indicator illuminate Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 8 NOTE The Brake Warning Indicator illuminates with the Park Brake engaged or with low Brake Fluid Is the Brake Warning Indicator inoperative with the use of the Park bra
71. the DRBIII select BODY Theft Alarm VTSS MISCELLANEOUS then RKE FOB amp Module Test Follow the instructions on the DRBIII screen Try the Door Locks using the Transmitter Did the Door Locks respond properly to the Transmitter commands Yes Replace the original Transmitter Program all Transmitters that will be used with this Vehicle Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Remote K eyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 212 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom HOOD Aj AR SWITCH MISSING EXPORT ONLY MMMM When Monitored and Set Condition HOOD AJ AR SWITCH MISSING EXPORT ONLY When Monitored With the ignition on during configuration of the Remote K eyless Entry Module Set Condition If the Hood Ajar Switch RKE Module input is NOT grounded while the module is being configured for VTSS this code will set POSSIBLE CAUSES MODULE CONFIGURATION TEST HOOD AJ AR SWITCH OPERATIONAL TEST OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT HOOD AJ AR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN HOOD AJ AR SWITCH RKE MODULE HOOD AJ AR ACTION APPLICABILITY Was the hood open during module configuration All Yes GoTo 2 No Open the hood and attempt to reconfigure the RKE module Open the hood With the DRBIII9 select VEHICLE THEFT VTSS INPUT OUTPUT Read the HOOD AJ AR SW state Does the DRBIII show CLOSED Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No GoTo 3
72. the ignition off Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII in Inputs Outputs read the Parking Brake Switch state Does the DRBIII9 display Open Yes Replace the Park Brake Switch in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit Is the resistance below 10 000 ohms should be infinite Yes Repair the Brake Warning Indicator circuit for a short to ground between the Park Brake Switch and the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 156 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR ALWAYS ON Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the brake fluid is properly filled to the correct level All the Base Brake system operates properly Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII in Inputs Outputs read the Brake Fluid Level Switch state Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector With the DRBIII in Inputs Outputs read the Brake Fluid Level Switch state Did the DRBIII Brake Fluid Level Switch input change states Yes Replace
73. 0 EI FUSED 14 BK OR T22 INDICATOR DRIVER 14 LHD DEWT 22 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT 8 19 VIL TO DLC E Pol gus AND OTHER MODULES GROUND H2 BKILG E GROUND PASSENGER DOOR AIAR RKE SENSE To El INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 2 2 2 LREAR RREAR PASS WT DE DOME LAMPANTRUSION SENSOR PREMIUM INTRUSION ONL 55 SENSOR SIGNAL E Y aT WE w FUSED COURTESY Bir LAMP CONTROL Jo net CLUSTER 81208162 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURES TELL US DaimlerChrysler Corporation is constantly working to provide the technician the best diagnostic manuals possible Your comments and recommendations regarding the diagnostic manuals and procedures are appreciated To best understand your suggestion please complete the form giving us as much detail as possible Model Year J Body 9 Engine Transmission A Diagnostic Proceduie Comments recommendations if necessary draw sketch Name Submitted by Address City State Zip Business Phone All comments become property of DaimlerChrysler Corporation and may be used without compensation FOLD HERE NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED BUSINESS REPLY MAIL IN THe FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO 124 CENTER LINE STATES POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE DaimlerChrysler Corporation Dealer Technical Operation
74. 0BR LB DECKLID RELEASE RELAY CONTROL 15 X5 22WT RD EXPORT SIREN CONTROL 16 16LG BK DECKLID RELEASE RELAY OUTPUT 17 G69 20BK OR VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER 18 22BK RD HORN RELAY CONTROL 19 1025 20VT YL PCI BUS 20 6120 18WT DB EXPORT INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL 21 22 G5 20DB WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 2 G70 20BR TN EXPORT HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE 24 071 20VT BK DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH SENSE 25 G75 20TN BK LHD LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE 25 G74 20TN RD RHD RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE 26 RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH EXPORT BLACK 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 P96 18LG RIGHT DOOR SWITCH MUX 2 714 18BK GROUND 261 R 4 2 915 R 4 2 CONNECTOR PINOUTS RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER WHITE 1 2 RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH BLACK 3 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 2 P96 20LG BK RIGHT DOOR SWITCH MUX 2 96 18LG ALARM RIGHT DOOR SWITCH MUX 3 714 20BK YL GROUND 714 18BK ALARM GROUND 214 20BK YL EXCEPT GROUND ALARM RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER 3 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 X56 20DB RD RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER 2 3 X
75. 1 P97 18LG LEFT DOOR SWITCH MUX LEFT 2 214 18BK GROUND CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH PREMIUM 253 R 4 2 CONNECTOR PINOUTS LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH DOOR SPEAKER 1 LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER BLACK LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH BLACK 3 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 2 P97 20LG LEFT DOOR SWITCH MUX 2 P97 1810 PREMIUM LEFT DOOR SWITCH MUX 3 714 20BK YL GROUND 714 18 PREMIUM GROUND LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER 3 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 X55 20BR RD LEFT FRONT SPEAKER 2 3 X53 2006 LEFT FRONT SPEAKER LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER WHITE 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 X53 2006 LEFT FRONT SPEAKER 2 X55 20BR RD LEFT FRONT SPEAKER LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 G76 20TN YL PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RKE SENSE Z1 20BK GROUND 254 BLACK LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR AJAR SWITCH SS LEFT REAR SPEAKER LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODU
76. 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION RR EORR 1 11 SYSTEM COVERAGE sec pa an 1 12 SIX STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE 1 IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM 55s2vas ina ann 1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL 1 3 1 AIRBAG SYSTEM meta RECEN RE RARE RE ERE ER 1 3 1 1 DRIVER AIRBAG 312 GLOCKSPRING rr rac eas 4 1 3 PASSENGER AIRBAG 3 3 1 4 SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULES SIACM 3 3 1 5 SEA AIRBAGS Ls rtc red re vu bend P toe Mi MM V EUR 3 3 1 6 SPECIAL TOOUS webs RSEN hese erase 4 3 1 7 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE 4 Sf 5 65 ee RR Gc ROC 4 3 1 7 2 0 ORED CODES sperperi ea oun eee housing teas on ae es 5 3 2 AUDIO SYSTEM 1s shuns Gerd vane 5 3 3 55 MIRROR 22525545544 58545844556 RR Ren 5 44 EXTERIOR LIGHTING DR RR Ree 8 3 5 ELECTRO MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 8 3 6 INTERIOR
77. 1 RF Detector follow the instructions on the back of the tester and test the transmitter several times Does the signal strength measure STRONG Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the transmitter Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition on Place transmission in the Park position Ensure Vehide Theft Security System if equipped is in Disarm Mode With the DRBIIIS select Theft Alarm VTSS MISCELLANEOUS then PROGRAM RKE Follow the instructions on the screen Exit PROGRAM RKE Activate the Door Locks using the RKE Transmitter Did the door locks respond properly to the RKE transmitter commands Yes Repair complete Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module and reprogram all transmitters used with this vehicle Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 211 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE RKE INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the DRBIII select Theft Alarm VTSS MISCELLANEOUS then FOB amp All Module Test Follow the instructions on the DRBIII screen Try the Door Locks using the original Transmitter Did the Door Locks respond properly to the Transmitter commands Yes Using the DRBIII program the transmitter and recheck the system If okay program all Transmitters that will be used with this vehide Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 5 Secure a known good Transmitter from another PL or PT vehicle Using
78. 10 WAY gt CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION U 1 F20 20BK WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN T 2 2 M1 20BK PK FUSED B S Q 3 5 n 5 D25 20BK VT PCI BUS 10 6 7320 GROUND rJ 7 M2 20BK YL COURTESY LAMP CONTROL 8 COMPASS TEMPERATURE 9 MIRROR 10 Z3 20BK OR GROUND 248 coos 24 CONTROLLER ANTILOC BRAKE Va WHITE DATA LINK CONNECTOR CONNECTOR PINOUTS CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE BLACK 24 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 Z1 12BK GROUND 2 81 18YL DB RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 3 B2 18YL RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY 4 5 1025 18VT YL PCI BUS 6 B6 18WT DB RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 7 18WwT RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY 8 9 A20 12RD DB FUSED B 10 F12 18DB WT 2 0L FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 10 F12 18DB RD 2 4L FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START TURBO 11 12 13 14 15 16 21 12BK GROUND 17 18 150 18WT TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT 19 183 18LG DB LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED S
79. 11 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM PCM PCM SCI ONLY NGC Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the PCM harness connector Disconnect the DRBIII9 from the DLC CAUTION DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Measure the resistance of the PCM SCI Transmit circuit from the Data Link harness connector cav 7 to the appropriate terminal of special tool 8815 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 9 No Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for an open Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor dance with the Service I nformation Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 112 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B CIRCUIT RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT RADIO ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Note As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB answer the question With the DRB attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module ACM With the DRB attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster MIC Was the
80. 16 EXPORT LEFT TURN SIGNAL 16 20RD WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN ACC 4 1163 18DG RD LEFT TURN SIGNAL 4 L63 18DG RD EXPORT LEFT TURN SIGNAL 5 162 18BR RD RIGHT TURN SIGNAL 5 L62 18BR RD EXPORT RIGHT TURN SIGNAL 6 L60 18TN RIGHT TURN SIGNAL 6 1160 18TN EXPORT RIGHT TURN SIGNAL 7 23 20BK OR GROUND 8 E19 22RD PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL 9 17 18BK YL HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT 10 11 A15 18WT FUSED B 4 12 L38 16BR WT EXPORT REAR FOG LAMP FEED 12 1138 16BR WT EXPORT REAR FOG LAMP FEED 1 14 14VT WT EXCEPT DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT PORT 13 F61 16WT OR EXPORT FUSED 14 F39 14PK LG EXCEPT FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT PORT 14 129 16LB EXPORT FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT 14 139 16LB EXPORT FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT 15 16 14 12VT WT DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT 17 1133 14LG BR DIMMER SWITCH HIGH BEAM OUTPUT 18 12LB OR FUSED B 4 19 12LB OR FUSED B 4 20 F383 18PK RD FUSED B 4 PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 YELLOW 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 R42 20BK YL PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 R44 20DG YL PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 256 BLACK upp PASSENGER DOORAJAR SWITCH PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR AJAR SWITCH CONNECTOR PINOUTS PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 2 WAY
81. 3 AUDIO ALL OUTPUTS SHORT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All NOTE Perform this procedure after disconnecting each front speaker connector Disconnect each front speaker harness connector one at a time Turn the ignition on Turn the radio on With the DRBIII erase the audio DTCs Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds With the DRBIII read Does the DRBIII9 display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT with all the front speakers disconnected Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off NOTE Perform this procedure after disconnecting each speaker con nector Disconnect each 1 speaker harness connector one at a time Turn the ignition on Turn the radio on With the DRBIII erase the audio DTCs Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds With the DRBIII9 read Does the DRBIII display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT with all the I P speakers disconnected Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off NOTE Perform this procedure after disconnecting each rear speaker connector Disconnect each rear speaker harness connector one at a time Turn the ignition on Turn the radio on With the DRBIII erase the audio DTC
82. 44 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued NO POL BUS 5 15 51 vewsdasaeeene RR 144 EATX MISMATCH ik at e ERSSAESREEREG EUM yee hues Sey BS 145 FUEL LEV L SENSOR OPEN a E PER EXP P dC PR 146 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SHORT iurc RADI CREE OR 148 PANEL DIMMER OPEN Er o dus Fe ER EORR 150 ALL GAUGES INOPERATIME i52 Rr I ERE RE RE RR Rr RES EE E es 152 OR ALL GAUGE POINTER S ON WRONG SIDE OF STOP 154 PCI BUS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE 155 BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR ALWAYS 156 BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR INOPERATIVE 158 FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR INOPERATIVE 161 FUEL GAUGE cereus ons ER es 162 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE Kur RET ERR 164 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DIMMING 165 LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR ALWAYS 166 OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR 1 167 ONE GAUGE INOPEBRATIVE EDE EET PSI 169 PRND OR AUTOSTICK INDICATOR DISPLAY INACCURATE OR INOPERATIVE 170 REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR INOPERATIVE BUX ONLY 171 SEA
83. 54 20VT RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER WHITE 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 X54 20VT RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER X56 20DB RD RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER 262 BLACK RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR A JAR SWITCH SPEAKER CONNECTOR PINOUTS RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 G76 20TN YL PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RKE SENSE 2 Z1 20BK GROUND RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 4 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 G77 20TN OR PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RKE SENSE 2 Z1 20BK GROUND 3 P36 18PK VT DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT 4 P33 180R BK DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT RIGHT REAR SPEAKER 3 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION X52 20DB WT RIGHT REAR SPEAKER X58 20DB OR RIGHT REAR SPEAKER RIGHT SEAT AIRBAG SQUIB 2 WAY RIGHT 5 AIRBA SQUI EAT G B RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CO TROL MODULE CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 R32 180R RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2 2 R34 18WT RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE 8 WAY CAV CIRCUIT
84. AL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the 2 monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect therelated harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at t
85. AR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND IF EQUIPPED HOOD AR SWITCH IF EQUIPPED RKE MODULE VTSS INDICATOR RKE MODULE HOOD AJ AR IF EQUIPPED RKE MODULE DECKLID SECURITY IF EQUIPPED ACTION APPLICABILITY Is this vehicle equipped with a hood ajar switch Yes GoTo 2 No GoTo 4 Ensure the hood is closed and aligned properly With the DRBIII read the Hood Ajar status Does the DRBIII show OPEN Yes GoTo 4 No GoTo 3 Is this vehide equipped with a Decklid Security switch Yes GoTo 5 No Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A With the DRBIII read the VTSS Decklid Security Switch state Does the DRBIII9 show PRESENT Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No GoTo 6 Disconnect the Hood Ajar switch connector All Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Measure the resistance of the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit to ground Is the resistance below 1000 0 1k ohms Yes Repair the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Replace the Hood Ajar Switch Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 231 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY VTSS INDICATOR STAYS ON STEADY DURING ARMING Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector All Measure the resistance of the Decklid Security Switch Sense circuit to
86. D 242 8 5 3 DOORLOCK MOTOR 243 8 6 VEHICLE 243 8 6 1 CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE MODULE 243 8 6 2 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE 5 243 8 7 VEHICLE THEFT 244 8 7 1 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY 244 8 7 2 AJAR SWITCH 244 873 DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH IF EQUIPPED 244 8 7 4 DECKLID SECURITY 245 CONNECTOR PINOUTS 247 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE YELLOW 23 WAY 247 C208 YELLOW SEAT 6 247 C208 YELLOW SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG JUMPER 247 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued 209 YELLOW SEAT SIDE seoce eresie nyer kiaat kid Deini nna vad Hee 247 C209 YELLOW SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG JUMPER 248 CLOCK SPRING lt GREEN 7 WAY 2 225424 VE be oes 248 COMPACT DISC CHANGER BLACK 8 248 COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR BLACK 10 248 CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE BLACK 24 249 DATA LI
87. DIMEGSWITGEHNOPEBHATIVE 14 0322 39 86 TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE 5243 rh eh R RO RH n 86 CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE 0 1x22 york se 88 CD CHANGER BEAD FAILURE 555529555586 ees 89 CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH 90 CD PLAY FAILURE s addu rss ue RELEASE EERE REGE ER eR E 91 CD READ FAILURE o uit nanne CUPS OP REA Kees ERR FRU 92 CD TEMPERATURE HIGH stra sery RE EE 93 LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL 55288436 pd Dc PS Karte od RESELE 94 NO ANTENNA CONNECTION 522 Ex E RR hn RE ERR EE EX dE m 95 POWER AMP SHUTDOWN kd n ets Pe Co betes ae IER te 96 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM ACM ii pa dues teased XR Rack 99 RESPONSE FROM COMPASS TEMPERATURE 101 RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK 103 NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER hex RR Re 105 NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM i ba sabes wane bee 107 NO RESPONSE FROM PCM PCI BUS 58948558655 109 RESPONSE FROM PCM SCI 110 NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO se theese IC CRUS RT 113 NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIAUM 52 5 9 lt 115 N
88. DTC drive the vehicle to the Symptom s When Monitored When Set conditions to verify the DTC is repaired 12 If equipped with AutoStick upshift and downshift several times using the AutoStick feature during the road test 13 NOTE Usethe EATX OBDII task manager to run Good Trip time in each gear this will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re matured 14 Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes DTC s during the road test If a DTC sets during the road test return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom 15 NOTE Erase P0700 DTC in the PCM to turn the MIL light off after making transmission repairs Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes set during the road test Yes Repair is not complete refer to the appropriate symptom No Repair is complete 235 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests Continued ABS VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Connect all previously disconnected components and connectors 3 Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged 4 Ensure that the Ignition is on and with the DRBIII erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from ALL modules Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the system that was malfunctioning 5 Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIII read DTC s from ALL modules 6 If any Diagnostic Trouble Codes are present return to
89. E INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Refer to the Service Information Diagnosis and Testing Instrument All Cluster Lamps for complete list of Indicators that will illuminate during the Self Test NOTE Ensure that the Instrument Cluster communicates on the PCI Bus NOTE Diagnose and repair any PCM ACM ABS RKE or SKIM DTCs before proceeding with this test Turn the ignition off Remove the Instrument Cluster Remove the inoperative LED from the Instrument Cluster Using a DVOM select Diode Mode and connect the leads across the LED NOTE Ensure that the RED lead is on the 4 of the LED Did the LED illuminate Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Indicator LED in accordance with the Service nfor mation Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 155 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR ALWAYS ON POSSIBLE CAUSES BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND PARK BRAKE SWITCH BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Ensure that the Parking Brake is disengaged With the DRBIII9 in Inputs Outputs read the Parking Brake Switch state Does the DRBIII9 display Closed with the Parking Brake disengaged Yes GoTo 2 No GoTo 4 Turn
90. E SHORT TO GROUND FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B WIRE SHORT TO GROUND GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE SHORT TO GROUND DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE SHORT TO GROUND DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID SHORTED DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE SHORT TO GROUND DEFECTIVE FUSE 14 RKE MODULE B SHORT TO GROUND RKE MODULE RELAYS OPEN RKE MODULE SHORTED ACTION APPLICABILITY Note E nsure there is communication with the RKE module with the DRB All select Vehicle Theft before proceeding If not refer to the COMMUNICA TION catagory Test Fuse 14 in the fuse block Is the fuse open Yes GoTo 2 No GoTo 13 Turn ignition off Remove F use 14 in the Fuse Block Measure the resistance of the fused B circuit from the fuse output cavity to ground Is the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 4 192 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE ALL DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off All Remove F use 14 in the Fuse Block Disconnect the RKE Module connector Measure the resistance of the fused B circuit cavity 3 in the RKE connector to ground Is the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes Repair fused B wire for a short to ground and replace blown fuse Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST
91. EIVED Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII attempt to communicate with the ABS ACM EATX SBEC or All SKIM module Was the DRBIII able to 1 0 or communicate with the Module in question Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to Communication category for the related symptom s With the DRBIII erase DTCs Cycle the ignition wait approximately 1 minute With the DRBIII read DTCs Did the DTC reset Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The condition is not present at this time Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness Refer to any Technical Service Buletins TSB that may apply Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals 141 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom BATTERY LOSS When Monitored and Set Condition BATTERY LOSS When Monitored With the ignition on Set Condition When thelnstrument Cluster detects that theignition has been turned on but detects no Fused B circuit POSSIBLE CAUSES PDC FUSE 13 DEFECTIVE PDC FUSED CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND FUSE BLOCK 4 FUSE DEFECTIVE FUSE BLOCK FUSED B CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TO PDC 13 FUSE OPEN B TO FUSE BLOCK 4 FUSE OPEN FUSED B CIRCUIT TO INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Remove and inspect the 13 Fuse in the PDC If the fuse is open rep
92. EL PUMP RELAY 23 STP LMP AIC 22 HORN RELAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 39 F62 20RD 2 0L FUSED B 39 F62 18RD 2 4L TURBO FUSED 40 F62 20RD 2 0L FUSED B 40 F62 18RD 2 4L TURBO FUSED 41 X2 20DG RD 2 0L HORN RELAY OUTPUT 41 2 18DG RD 2 4L TURBO HORN RELAY OUTPUT 42 X3 20BK RD HORN RELAY CONTROL POWERT CONTROL MODUL RAIN EG CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 BLACK 38 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 711 18BK WT GROUND 10 11 Ft2 18DB WT 2 0L FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 11 Ft2 18DB RD 2 4L FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START TURBO 12 20RD WT 2 0L AUTO IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT OFF RUN START STICK 12 F11 20RD WT 2 0L EX FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START CEPT AUTOSTICK 13 G7 20WT OR VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 14 G9 20GY BK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE 15 55 18LB 2 4L TURBO TIP SOL CONTROL 16 17 K150 18DB YL 2 4L SURGE SOL CONTROL TURBO 18 212 18BK TN GROUND 19 20 G6 20GY OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL 21 22 K145 20BR OR AAT SIGNAL 23 K153 18LB 2 4L TURBO TIP SIGNAL 24 25 1020 2016 SCI RECEIVE PCM 26 06 20PK LB 2 0L SCI
93. EM BLY CONTAINS SODIUM AZIDE AND POTASSIUM NITRATE THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND EXTREMELY FLAM MABLE CONTACT WITH ACID WATER OR HEAVY METALS MAY PRODUCE HARMFUL AND IRRITATING GASES SODIUM HYDROX IDE 15 FORMED IN THE PRESENCE OF MOISTURE OR COMBUSTIBLE COM POUNDS IN ADDITION THE PASSENGER AIRBAG MODULE CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED TO OVER 2500 PSI DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR DO NOT PUNCTURE INCINERATE OR BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 93 C 200 F FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOY MENT AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH 3 1 2 CLOCKSPRING The clockspring is mounted on the steering col umn behind the steering wheel This assembly consists of a plastic housing which contains a flat ribbon like electrically conductive tape that winds and unwinds with the steering wheel rotation The clockspring is used to maintain a continuous elec trical circuit between the instrument panel wire harness and the driver side airbag module the horn switch and the vehicle speed control switches on vehicles that are so equipped The clockspring must be properly centered when it is installed on the steering column following any service removal or it will be damaged The dockspring cannot be re paired it must be replaced 3 1 3 PASSENGER AIRBAG PAB The airbag door in the instrument panel top co
94. ENSOR SIGNAL 20 18LG LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY 21 22 B8 18RD DB LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 2 B9 18RD LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY 24 A10 12RD DG FUSED B DATA LINK CONNECTOR WHITE 16 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 2 025 20VT YL PCI BUS PCM 3 4 712 20 GROUND 5 1212 20BK TN GROUND 6 7 1021 20PK SCI TRANSMIT PCM 8 9 06 20PK LB 2 01 SCI RECEIVE TCM 10 11 12 1020 2018 SCI RECEIVE PCM 13 14 15 1015 20WT DG 2 0L SCI TRANSMIT TCM 16 A14 18RD WT FUSED B 249 R R le i CONNECTOR PINOUTS BLACK DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH POWER RELEASE GRAY DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH KNOCK OUT BLACK DECKLID SOLENOID NATURAL DOME LAMP INTRUSION SENSOR EXPORT DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH POWER RELEASE BLACK 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 Q33 20BR LB DECKLID RELEASE RELAY CONTROL 2 Z1 20BK GROUND DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH KNOCK OUT GRAY 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 Z1 20BK GROUND G71 20VT YL DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH SENSE DECKLID SOLENOID BLACK 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 02 14LG BK DECKLID RELEASE RELAY OUTPUT 2 7114 GROUND DOME
95. ER Symptom INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DIMMING INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN ILLUMINATION BULB INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All With the DRBIII read DTCs Does the DRBIII9 display Panel Dimmer Open Yes Refer to the Service Information to diagnose Panel Dimmer Open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 2 NOTE Ensure that the Park Lamps operate properly before proceeding with this test Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Turn the Park Lamps on Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Headlamp Output circuit Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Headlamp Switch Output circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the I nstrument Cluster harness connector Inspec the Illumination Bulb in question Is the Illumination Bulb filament open Yes Replace the Illumination Bulb in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 165 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR ALWAYS ON POSSIBLE CAUSES ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
96. ER 1 ACM STORED GoTo 2 LEFT SIACM ACTIVE WARNING TURN THE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Replacethe Left Sidelmpact Airbag Control Modulein accordance with Service I nstructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 LEFT SIACM STORED GoTo 2 RIGHT SIACM ACTIVE WARNING TURN THE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Replace the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accor dance with Service information Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 RIGHT SIACM STORED GoTo 2 54 AIRBAG NO PCI TRANSMISSION Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
97. ER 1 GoTo 12 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module and replace the fuse Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the RKE Module connector Usinga test light test both sides of F use 14 to ensure the fuse is Okay and that the 12 0 volt supply is not open Measure the Voltage of the Fused B circuit cavity 3 in the Module connector Is the voltage above 10 0 volts Yes GoTo 14 No Repair the open Fused B wire from the RKE Module connector to the fuse Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 194 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE ALL DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off All Disconnect the RKE Module connector Measure the resistance of the ground circuit cavity 8 in the RKE Module connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 15 No Repair the open ground circuit Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance between the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output circuit and the Door Lock Relay Output circuit in the RKE module connector Is the resistance LESS than 17 0 ohms Yes GoTo 16 No Repair the open Door Lock Relay Output circuit Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module relays ope
98. ER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE FUSE BLOCK INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the headlamp switch to the off position All With the DRBIII read the Headlamp Switch Voltage Does the DRBIII display Headlamp Switch Voltage between 4 3 and 4 8 Volts Yes GoTo 2 No Replace the Multifunction Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster Turn the ignition on Measure voltage of the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output Circuit Is the voltage below 1 0 volt Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output Circuit for a short to voltage condition Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Remove Circuit Breaker 2 from the J unction Block Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Measure resistance of the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output Circuit and ground Is the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes Replace the Fuse Block Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 136 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TRN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH FUSE BLOCK DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OPEN FUSED B TO FUSE BLOCK FUSED B CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND B CIRCUIT BREAKER 2 APPLICABILITY Turn the Headlamps on With the DRBIII read th
99. F With the DRBIII9 read DTC s Does the DRBIII9 display CD TEMPERATURE HIGH Yes Replace the Radio Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 93 AUDIO Symptom LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL When Monitored and Set Condition LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL When Monitored Set Condition The radio detects lower than normal voltage POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM CHECK VOLTAGE LEVEL AT RADIO RADIO ACTION APPLICABILITY Check the charging system in accordance with the service information All 15 the charging system operating properly Yes GoTo 2 No Refer tothe appropriate service information and repair as neces sary Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Radio harness connector Start the engine Measure the voltage of each Fused B circuit and the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit 15 the voltage above or approximately 14 volts for each measurement Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the circuit for high resistance Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Note Reconnect all previously disconnected components Turn the ignition and Radio on With the DRBIII erase the audio Start the engine With the DRBIIIS read the audio DTC s Did this DTC reset Yes Replace the Radio Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 94 AUDIO Symptom NO ANTENNA CONNECTION eae When Monitored and Set Conditi
100. FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Note As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB answer the question With the DRB attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module ACM With the DRB attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster MIC Was the DRB able to 1 0 or establish communications with either of the modules Yes GoTo 2 No Refer tothe Communications category and perform the symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the CAB harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts probe both ground circuits Is the test light illuminated for both circuits Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the ground circuit s for an open Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the CAB harness connector Turn the ignition on Using a 12 test light connected to ground probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 103 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Note E nsure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All vehicle before proceeding If no
101. G Symptom DRIVER SQUIB 1SHORT TO BATTERY EE When Monitored and Set Condition DRIVER SQUIB 1SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored With theignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib 1 circuits Set Condition TheACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY CLOCKSPRING DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY DRIVER SQUIB 1LINE LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY ACM DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED ACM DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 6 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 31 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Driver Airbag NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair
102. G IF THE MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accor dance with Service information WARNING IF THE MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 43 AIRBAG Symptom LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY When Monitored and Set Condition LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY When Monitored With theignition in therun position the module monitors the Run Only circuit for proper system voltage Set Condition If the voltage on the Run Only circuit drops below 4 5 volts the code will set POSSIBLE CAUSES IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN ACM FUSED IGNITION OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN CHECKING FOR A SHORTED RUN CIRCUIT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND ACM FUSED IGNITION RUN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Ensure the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected Turn the ignitio
103. GATE LEFT SIACM When Monitored With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a Left SIACM status message containing the airbag warning lamp On or OFF request The status message is sent to the ACM once each second or upon any change in the active DTCs Set Condition The Code will set if the ACM receives an Lamp On status message from the Left SIACM NOTE This indicates that there was an active diagnostic trouble code in the Left SIACM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM ACM NO ACTIVE LEFT SIACM DTCS STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged All Ensure the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII read the Left SIACM active DTCs Did the DRBIII9 show any active DTCs Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to Left SIACM Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 37 AIRBAG INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TURN THE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING If there are no possible causes remaining view
104. GE When Monitored and Set Condition NO CLUSTER MESSAGE When Monitored With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status The MIC transmits the message one time at ignition on lamp state change or in response to the ACM message Set Condition If the MIC message is not received for 10 consecutive seconds the code will set POSSIBLE CAUSES MIC COMMUNICATION FAILURE ACM NO CLUSTER MESSAGES STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged All NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM Turn the ignition on SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII9 ensure PCI Bus communications with the Instrument Cluster Is the Instrument Cluster communicating on the PCI Bus Yes GoTo 3 No Refer tocategory COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the related symptom INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BUS SIGNAL OPEN or NO RESPONSE 49 AIRBAG NO CLUSTER MESSAGE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING
105. HE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 51 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire
106. HICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom INTRUSION SENSOR REPEATEDLY TRIGGERS VTSS EXPORT ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INTRUSION SENSOR REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure there are no hanging objects or loose seat belts causing the All false triggering Also ensure there is no dust or debris around the intrusion sensor causing the false triggering Disconnect the Dome Lamp l ntrusion Sensor connector Close all the doors and arm the VTSS Does the alarm inadvertently trigger due to intrusion sense even though the sensor is disconnected Yes Remote Keyless Entry Modulein accordance with the Service Information Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Replace the Intrusion Sensor in accordance with the Service Information Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 222 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom OPEN DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO TRIP ALARM POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR AJ AR SWITCH DRIVER DOOR AJ AR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJ AR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Door Ajar switch connector All Using a 12 volt Test Light connected to 12 volts test the Ground circuit for continuity Does the light illuminate Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the Driver Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector Connect
107. HOR RS 28 DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY ous RR ER bake oes 31 DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND 42 45323295 PES 34 INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM EX Re RR EHE XU eaves Rr 37 555359956 bese pou weed WIRE RR RERO 39 LOSS OF IGNITION RUN 2 AUR RR Rr RR Rn 41 LOSS OE IGNITION RUN ONLY 222 21 3 199 39 839 PIA 44 MODULE NOI CONFIGURED FOR 55555865555 ERE RR wes 47 NO CLUSTER MESSAGE oy ous heo OR Con En RETRO wed 49 NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE os eee P See wees 51 NO POL TRANSMISSION de dedo eb ies 53 NO RIGHT SIAGM MESSAGE iu rea hr ere E En 56 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OBEN 252525554555 RERO ERA eue XR x Em 58 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT 2255253 ke Rx REFERAT 61 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY iieri re RR 64 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND teda btts 67 SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT n ei a edi 70 SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT 2c ER 73 SEAT SOUIB SHORT TO BATTERY 222 crm e xo dioe IR oet netos 76 SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND 154155244 49 x x eine eae Kis P ase Sa b ERA ER 79 A
108. IDE IM PACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Rewire the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIIIS record and erase all DTCs from all modules active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII9 monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Er
109. IGNITION OUTPUT RUN SWITCH VT YL TO ae INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LEFT SIDE DATA LINK RIGHT SIDE IMPACT CONNECTOR IMPACT AIRBAG AIRBAG CONTROL DG WT CONTROL MODULE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH DG WT MODULE OUTPUT RUN START FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START VT YL PCI BUS WT RIGHT SEAT SQUIB VT YL PCI BUS LINE 2 265 LINE 1 RIGHT OR YL SEAT LEFT SEAT SQUIB AIRBAG RIGHT SEAT LINE 2 LINE 1 YLIOR LEFT SEAT SQUIB OR YL LINE 2 C208 RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 BK PK 41 YLIOR GROUND WT RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2 LINE 1 LEFT LEFT SEAT SQUIB AIRBAG 80b427e2 S o H M D R M S SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10 2 AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO TO IGNITION ANTENNA SWITCH DG FUSE Left Front Speaker BLOCK FUSE RD WT BR RD 3 Fused Ign Sw Output Left Front Speaker PK LB PDC Fuse 13 Fused Bi 4 60 VT OR Right Front Speaker TO Panel Lamps Driver DB RD MIC Right Front Speaker VT YL TO PCI Bus DLC AND OTHER MODULES BK Ground BR YL Left Rear Speaker 4 BR LB Left Rear Speaker DB WT Right Rear Speaker DB OR Right Rear Speaker S H E M R M S 266 LEFT SPEAKER IF EQUIPPED LEFT FRONT
110. III select Passive Restraints With the DRBIII select Airbag and read the active DTC s Is the Loss Of Ignition Run Start DTC set Yes Refer to the symptom list and perform the Loss Of Ignition Run Start symptom Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 2 Ensure that the battery is fully charged Warning TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Right Side Airbag Control Module harness connector Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts probe the ground circuit NOTE Make sure test light is connected to the Battery positive terminal Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Ground circuit for an open Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Note When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected Warning TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Right Side Airbag Control Module harness connector Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run Start circuit Is the voltage above 6 0 volts Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run Start circuit for a
111. INCINER ATE OR BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERA TURE EXCEEDING 93 C 200 F REPLACE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR PARTS CATALOG SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE BUT INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION THE FASTENERS SCREWS AND BOLTS ORIGI NALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM THEY MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY SUBSTITUTES ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER IS NEEDED REPLACE IT WITH THE CORRECT FASTEN ERS PROVIDED IN THE SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR PARTS CATALOG FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH 3 1 6 SPECIAL TOOLS Some airbag diagnostic tests use special tools 8310 and 8443 airbag load tool for testing squib circuits The load tools contain fixed resistive loads jumpers and adapters The fixed loads are con nected to cables and mounted in a storage case The cables can be directly connected to some airbag system connectors umpers are used to convert the load tool cable connectors to the other airbag sys tem connectors The adapters are connected to the module harness connector to open shorting clips and protect the connector terminal during testing When using the load tool follow all of the safety procedures in the service informa
112. INERATE OR BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 93 C GENERAL INFORMATION 200 F FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD RESULT INACCIDENT AL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH WARNING REPLACE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS SPECI FIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR PARTS CATALOG SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE BUT INTERN AL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION THE FASTENERS SCREWS AND BOLTS ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM THEY MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY SUBSTITUTES ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER IS NEEDED REPLACE IT WITH THE CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE MOPAR PARTS CATALOG FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOY MENT AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH 3 1 4 SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULES SIACM They arelocated on the left and right B post The SIACM perform self diagnostics and circuit tests to determine if the system is functioning properly If the test finds a problem the SIACM will set both active and stored diagnostic trouble codes If a DTC is active the SIACM will request that the airbag warning lamp be turned on The results of the system test are transmitted on the PCI Bus to the ACM once each second or on change in lamp state If the warning lamp st
113. ING MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED THEN WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Replace the Right Side Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service information Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected AIRBAG Symptom List AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT Test Note All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests The title for the tests will be AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN When Monitored With ignition on theACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status The MIC transmits the message one time at ignition on upon lamp state change or in response to the ACM lamp message Set Condition This DTC will set if the indicator status is OPEN for 2 or 3 consecutive messages or 2 or 3 seconds AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT When Monitored With ignition on theACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status The MIC transmits the message one time at ignition on upon lamp state change or in response to the ACM lamp message Set Condition This DTC will set if the indicator status is SHORT for 2 or consecutive messages or 2 or 3 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES MIC COMMUNICATION FAILURE WAR
114. ION NO RESPONSE FROM COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Note E nsure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All vehicle before proceeding If not refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary Disconnect the Compass Temperature Mirror harness connector Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts Set Probe to x10 Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Compass Temperature Mirror connector Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes Replace the Compass Temperature Mirror in accordance with the service information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 102 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM CAB GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN
115. ION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector Measure the resistance of the Brake Fluid Level Switch ground circuit 15 the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Brake Fluid Level Switch Ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the PCM C2 connector for 2 0L equipped vehicles harness connector Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector Measure the resistance of the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit Is the resistance above 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service I nformation Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 159 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Remove the Instrument Cluster Remove the inoperative Indicator LED Using a DVOM select Diode Mode and attach the leads across the LED NOTE Ensure that the RED lead is on the of the LED Did the LED illuminate Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Brake Warning Indicator LED in accordance with the Service I nformation Perform BODY VERIFICATIO
116. ION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the RKE Module harness connector Turn the ignition on Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 117 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM RKE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Note E nsure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All vehicle before proceeding If not refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary Disconnect the RKE Module harness connector Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connec the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts Set probe to x10 Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the RKE Module connector Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes Replacethe Remote Ke
117. IRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACM TROUBLE CODES 82 AUDIO ALL OUTPUTS SHORT Es rw e EXE ta PEERS 83 CASSETTE PLAYER lO Litres porno ex doct Rs e perum diego d 86 CD MECHANICAL FAILURE 4555 eerta ERA Saga dese teed 86 NO PCI TRANSMISSION ce Reese 86 SWITCH INOPERAUIVE 86 STATION PRESET SWITCH 86 INOPERATIVE 52 dada aim edes acr at deb nete 86 GE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE et e uiri Fre b EG A da ER LER eb Eri Reden 86 EQUALIZER INOPEBATIVE srdca recie RR E Re bia kiea ERES ERA 86 FADER INOPBERATIVE iR Rr hd Rn eoi dec pde rog d rr e acd 86 FF RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE ER ERA E EE e EPA FE 86 HOUR MINU TE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE 86 PAUSE PLAY SWITGHHNOPEHATIVE 13 45 86 PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE 522r ex m REED ge Ee CR Rhe ex gos 86 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued SCAN SWITCH 1 eR eta ERR Bees 86 SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE 9E rk RE ERG eR EA Eau ee EES 86 SET SWITGEH INOPERATIWVE uses fis Eu wA ES Ex VERRE ER een E RES 86 EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIME 4613050 rm ER ERR RR ER RR cms 86 T
118. ITCH INSIDE DOOR HANDLE LINK amp SLEEVE 9 LOCK CYLINDER RETAINING CLIP parri 9 RIGHT FRONT DOOR SHOWN OTHERS TYPICAL 244 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8 7 4 DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH POWER DECKLID M RELEASE CONNECTOR RETAINER GASKET DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID 2 DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH KNOCKOUT LOCK CYLINDER 245 NOTES 246 CONNECTOR PINOUTS 9 0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE YELLOW 23 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 2 3 4 76 20BK PK GROUND 5 R45 20DG LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 6 R43 20BK LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 R42 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 8 R44 20DG YL PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 9 12 1 10 11 23 13 T AIRBAG 13 CONTROL 14 F15 20DG WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START MODULE 15 F25 20TN LG FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN 16 17 18 C 19 20 N 21 1025 20VT YL PCI BUS N 22 E 23 C T YELLOW R C208 YELLOW SEAT SIDE CAV CIRCUIT 1 4 i 3 R32 180R 4 R34 18WT T T 5 208 YELLOW SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG JUMPER SIDE YELLOW CIRCUIT 4 1 a po d m
119. In Ignition Switch Sense circuit between the ignition switch connector and the instrument cluster connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 8 No Repair the open Key In Ignition Switch Sense wire Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 205 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK amp UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES RKE MODULE OPEN DRIVER UNLOCK CIRCUIT DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR OPEN DRIVER DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE OPEN DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE OPEN ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector All Lower the driver door window Connect a jumper wire between the Door Lock Relay Output ckt and the Ground ckt in the RKE module connector Connect a jumper wiretothe Driver Door Unlock Relay Output ckt and momentarily touch it to the Fused ckt and observe the door lock Reverse the jumper wires to drive the motor in the opposite direction Did the drivers door Lock and Unlock Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 2 Ensure the RKE module is connected before proceeding Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Door Lock Motor connector Connect a test light between the Door Lock Relay Output and the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output circuits in the door lock motor connector Press the door lock switch to the Lock and Unlock positi
120. LE LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 4 WAY CONNECTOR PINOUTS CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 G77 20TN OR PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RKE SENSE 2 Z1 20BK GROUND 3 P36 18PK VT DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT 4 P33 180R BK DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT LEFT REAR SPEAKER 3 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 X51 20BR YL LEFT REAR SPEAKER 2 3 X57 20BR LB LEFT REAR SPEAKER LEFT SEAT AIRBAG SQUIB 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 R31 180R LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2 2 R33 18WT LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE 8 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 F15 20DG WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START 2 3 R33 200R YL LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 4 R31 20YL OR LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2 5 Z6 20BK PK GROUND 6 7 8 D25 20VT YL PCI BUS 255 o R u dcoz u CONNECTOR PINOUTS MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH o R x 2 1 4 2 PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH GRAY 20 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 150 18WT TN EXCEPT BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT EXPORT 2 Let 18LG LEFT TURN SIGNAL 2 161 18
121. LITY WARNING TURN THE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the 2 monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletin
122. LOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBII1I read the active Airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY Yes GoTo 3 Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service nfor mation Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector Measure the voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Passenger Airbag connector and ground Is there any voltage present Yes Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line2 circuit short to battery Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 65 AIRBAG PASSENGER
123. M PASSENGER DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH EXPORT ONY coa rice re bac Bebe vane Pahoa XC od pawn 229 VTSS INDICATOR FAILS TO 230 VTSS INDICATOR STAYS ON STEADY DURING 231 VTSS SIREN INOPERATIVE EXPORT 233 VERIFICATION TESTS VERIFICATION 8 6 235 COMPONENT 6 239 8 1 AIRBAG 5 239 8 1 1 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE 239 8 1 2 AIRBAG MODULE 239 8 1 3 AIRBAG MODULE PASSENGER 239 814 CLOCKSPRING icc xine cs Ex arii Karen Ce FEXI REX 240 8 1 5 SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE SIACM 240 8 2 LINK CONNECTOR 240 8 3 FUSE BLOCK cre tatc La E abt esr ea e Ed 241 84 INSTRUMENT 8 2 241 8 44 241 8 4 2 PREMIUM CLUSTER 241 8 55 DOOR 10 5 2222 242 8 5 1 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY 242 8 5 2 DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOI
124. N TEST VER 1 160 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATOR LED INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the Fog Lamps operate properly before proceeding with this test If not select Service Information from the menu and repair as necessary Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Turn the Headlamps on Turn the Fog Lamps on NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged Measure the voltage between the Fog Lamp Switch Output circuit and ground Is the voltage greater than 10 0 volts Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the open in the Front Fog Lamp Switch Output circuit Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Remove the Instrument Cluster Remove the inoperative LED Using a DVOM select Diode Mode and attach the leads across the LED NOTE Ensure that the RED lead is on the 4 of the LED Did the indicator illuminate Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the inoperative indicator LED in accordance with the Service I nformation Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 161 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom FUEL GAUGE INACCURATE POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn th
125. NGER DK GRAY 10 WAY DK GRAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION V 1 240 AUDIO OUT RIGHT 2 24BK OR GROUND R 1 5 3 22BK SHIELD GROUND 4 24VTIYL PCI BUS P 6 10 5 24RD FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT 6 24DG WT AUDIO OUT LEFT N 7 22BKYL GROUND 9 RADIO C2 d U COM PACT DISC CHANGER 9 240R YL PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL T 10 22GY YL S 260 BLACK i 13 n 5 36 35 3t 36 25 6 26 0 6 28 fo cO a 26 14 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH EXPORT CONNECTOR PINOUTS REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE BLACK 26 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 14 16VT WT EXCEPT DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT PORT 1 1163 18DG RD EXPORT LEFT TURN SIGNAL 2 17 18BK YL EXCEPT PARK LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT PORT 2 1162 18BR RD EXPORT RIGHT TURN SIGNAL 3 5 18RD FUSED B 4 P33 180R BK DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT 5 P34 18PK BK DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT 6 P36 18PK VT DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT M9 20LB OR PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RKE SENSE 122 18BK LG GROUND 1 18PK FUSED B 10 P97 20LG LHD LEFT DOOR SWITCH MUX 10 P96 20LG BK RHD RIGHT DOOR SWITCH MUX 11 P96 20LG BK LHD RIGHT DOOR SWITCH MUX 11 P97 20LG RHD LEFT DOOR SWITCH MUX 12 121 20BK GROUND 13 14 1033 2
126. NING INDICATOR ACM WARNING INDICATOR STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Ensure the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 5 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected AIRBAG AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII ensure PCI Bus communications with the Instrument Cluster Is the Instrument Cluster communicating on the PCI Bus Yes GoTo 3 No Refer tocategory COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the related symptom INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BUS SIGNAL OPEN With the DRBIII9 select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS AIRBAG and MONITOR DIS PLAY Using the DRBIII read the WARNING LAMP MONITOR screen Select the LAMP STATUS displayed on the DRB monitors screen Does the DRBIII9 show the LAMP STATUS OK YES GoTo 4 NO Replace I nstrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENT
127. NK CONNECTOR WHITE 16 WAY 249 DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH POWER RELEASE BLACK 2 WAY 250 DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH KNOCK OUT GRAY 2 WAY 250 DECKLID SOLENOID BLACK 2 250 DOME LAMP INTRUSION SENSOR EXPORT NATURAL 4 WAY 250 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 YELLOW 2 251 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH BLACK 2 251 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 4 251 FUEL PUMP MODULE LT GRAY 4 WAY isses veu RE souk oa bx ue Kee tui 251 HOOD AJAR SWITCH EXPORT BLACK 2 252 IGNITION SWITCH C1 BLACK 10 252 IGNITION SWITCH G2 WHITE 2 252 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BLACK 26 253 LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH PREMIUM BLACK 2 WAY 253 LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH BLACK 3 254 LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER 3 254 LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER WHITE 2 WAY 254 LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 2 254 LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR AJAR SWITCH BLACK 4 255 LEFT REAR SPEAKER d WAY Loss at ges
128. NT RKE MODULE DEFECTIVE AUTO LOCKS INOPERABLE ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII select Theft Alarm VTSS Miscellaneous Auto Door Locks Does the DRB show Auto Door Locks ENABLED Yes GoTo 2 No With the DRBIII enable the Auto Door Locks and retest the System Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 With the DRBIII read Engine DTC s Are there any TPS or Vehide Speed DTC s present Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to DRIVEABILITY Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 4 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Ensure all doors are dosed All With the DRBIII read all DOOR AJ AR states Do any door ajar states show CLOSED Yes Refer tosymptom COURTESY LAMPS ON AT ALL TIMES in the INTERIOR LIGHTING category Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 202 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom DECKLID SOLENOID INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLENOID GROUND OPEN DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OPEN DECKLID RELEASE RELAY OUTPUT WIRE OPEN RKE MODULE DECKLID RELAY OPEN APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Decklid Solenoid connector Connect a test light between the Decklid Release Relay Output circuit and the Ground circuit in the Decklid Solenoid connector With the DRBIII actuate the Decklid Solenoid Did the test light illuminate when the solenoid was
129. O RESPONSE FROM EE 22 5 edu ueneno nico E aan a Do ea eii xc 117 RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE 119 RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE NGC 121 PGI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE crest tage ewe eee Rex 124 COMPASS MINI TRIP COMPUTER COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR INTERNAL FAILURE 127 COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR DOES CALIBRATE 128 COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR INOPERATIVE 130 TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INOPERATIVE OR WRONG 2 0L ONLY 132 EXTERIOR LIGHTING HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT 133 HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN 135 LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN 136 LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL 137 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ABS INDICATOR CIRCUIT qn rtr drm Rn eH pns 139 AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN 222 225 gt 5255 5554 REFER ERE ES 139 ABS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED ERE RR PNE ES REX nre uta 140 ACM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED ER EE ER RR ERE ELO ERR 140 EATX MESSAGE HEOEIVED 4414232273 rk c Ex depart 140 SBEC MESSAGE NOT REGEIVED 555 265 rere ER x xRCRERETESR ERR 140 SKIM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED veio na e ERR Rr ER rr RR 140 BATTERY LOSS PM ED 142 CLUSTER BUS TA SHUTDOWN os raat s tear deci sait deeds 1
130. OPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool J umper Disconnect the Side mpact Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM adaptor to the SIACM connector Measure the resistance of the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Curtain Squib connector and ground Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit Yes Repair Seat Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to ground Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions WARNING IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 80 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to s
131. OR LOCK INHIBIT This feature disables the door lock command from the interior door lock switch whenever the driver door is open and the key is in the ignition This prevents the driver from locking the keys in the ignition when using the power door locks This feature is inoperable if the OD fuse is not installed 3 7 3 4 POWER DECKLID RELEASE Electrically releases the decklid upon two presses of the RKE transmitter decklid release button This feature is disabled once the speed of the vehicle is greater than 5 mph The decklid can also be re leased from the switch in the glove box 3 7 3 5 PANIC MODE IF EQUIPPED Upon activation of the panic function the head lamps and park lamps flash in an alternating manner the horn pulses every second and the courtesy lamps are turned on The panic mode allows normal nightime driving by allowing the headlamps and park lamps to be on steady when the headlamp switch is in the on position Panic mode is activated immediately by pressing the panic button once It does not disarm the VTSS or unlock the doors It is canceled by pressing the button a second time reaching a vehicle speed greater than 15 mph or after 3 minutes has elapsed in panic mode Once panic mode has been activated there is 2 second delay before it will turn off Once it is cancelled there is a 2 second delay before it can be reactivated This is to avoid the problem of deactivating and immediate reactivating due to multiple
132. PCI BUS cir cuit The Headlamps are wired through the duster and then go to the Fuse Block to the lamps Each Headlamp has an independent fuse located in the Fuse Block For vehides equipped with Daytime Running Lamps the DRL Module is integrated with the Instrument Cluster 3 5 ELECTRO MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER EMIC There are 4 four different types of Instrument Clusters Base Premium Luxury and AutoStick ThePremium cluster is equipped with a tachometer and a low fuel indicator The Luxury has the same features as the Premium with an additional black overlay and chrome rings The AutoStick is the Luxury cluster with the AutoStick function The PCM controls the vacuum fluorescent VF PRND or AutoStick display The cluster will illuminate the appropriate PRND or gear position based on Bus data received from the PCM The Instrument Cluster Speedometer Tachome ter and Engine Coolant Temperature gauges are positioned using PCI Bus messages received from the PCM The Fuel gauge is a hard wired input from the Fuel Level Sensor in the Fuel Pump Module The Cluster also contains warning indicators that are illuminated by hard wired inputs or by mes sages received from other modules on the PCI Bus The Trip Total Odometer is a Vacuum Fluores cent VF display that is controlled by PCI Bus messages received from the PCM The VF display also displays the Door Cruise and Trac mes sages If the Instrument Clus
133. Park Lamps on Does the test light illuminate when the Park Lamps are on Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Repair the Park Lamp Switch Output circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 227 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom List VTSS FAILS TO ARM FROM DRIVER DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH EXPORT ONLY VTSS FAILS TO ARM DISARM FROM DRIVER DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH Test Note All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests The title for the tests will be VTSS FAILS TO ARM FROM DRIVER DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH EXPORT ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR LOCK OPERATION TEST GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH FAULTY APPLICABILITY Open the driver door and operate the door locks from the door lock switch All Did the door locks operate properly Yes GoTo 2 No Refer tosymptom ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH in the POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE category Disconnect the Cylinder Lock Switch connector Measure the resistance of the ground circuit to body ground Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the ground circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Disconnect the Cylinder Lock Switch connector Measure the voltage between the Driver Door Switch Mux circuit and ground Is the voltage approximately 5 0 volts Yes Repl
134. RBIII read the Electro Mech Cluster 1 5 Observe the Drv Door Ajar Sw Dome Lamp and the Pass Door Ajar Sw Output Does the DRBIII9 read as follows Drv Door Ajar CLOSED GoTo 2 Dome Lamp Output ON GoTo 5 Pass Door Ajar Sw CLOSED GoTo 7 No GoTo 10 Open the Drivers door Disconnect the Driver Door Ajar Switch connector With the DRBIII9 select Body Electro Mech Cluster Input Output Read the Drv Door Ajar Sw state Does the DRBIII9 show Open Yes Replace the Drivers Door Ajar Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 176 INTERIOR LIGHTING COURTESY LAMPS ON AT ALL TIMES Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the Driver Door Ajar Switch connector Disconnect the Instrument Cluster connector Disconnect the RKE Module connector If Equipped Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense Circuit from the door ajar switch connector to ground Is the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes Repair the Drivers Door Ajar Switch Sense Wire for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 Ensure the Instrument Cluster is connected Disconnect the RKE Module connector With the DRBIII9 select Body Electro Mech Cluster Input Output Read the Drv Door Ajar Sw state Does the DRBIII9 show Drv Door Sw Open Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TES
135. RECEIVE TCM 27 20VT WT 2 01 5 VOLT SUPPLY 27 18VT WT 2 4L TURBO 5 VOLT SUPPLY 28 K137 18DB GY 2 4L WASTEGATE SOL CONTROL TURBO 29 A14 18RD WT FUSED B 30 A41 16YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT START 31 32 33 34 35 36 D21 20PK SCI TRANSMIT PCM 37 D15 20WT DG 2 01 SCI TRANSMIT TCM 38 D25 20VT YL PCI BUS PCM 259 R 4 2 15 CONNECTOR PINOUTS RADIO C1 DK GRAY 22 WAY CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION 1 11 16PK LB FUSED B 2 X12 t8RD WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN ACC 2008 PANEL LAMPS DRIVER 4 5 6 DK GRAY X54 20vT RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER 8 X56 20DB RD RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER crear 9 X55 20BR RD LEFT FRONT SPEAKER mm DG Gp app gg p 10 53 2006 LEFT FRONT SPEAKER 4 ii H 5 11 129 16BK GROUND 12 13 RADIO C 14 125 20VT YL PCI BUS 15 16 17 18 X51 20BR YL LEFT REAR SPEAKER 19 X57 20BR LB LEFT REAR SPEAKER 20 58 20DB OR RIGHT REAR SPEAKER 21 X52 20DB WT RIGHT REAR SPEAKER N 22 N E RADIO C2 COMPACT DISC CHA
136. RIVER SQUIB 1SHORT TO GROUND Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the 2 monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 36 AIRBAG Symptom INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM A When Monitored and Set Condition INTERRO
137. RT circuit condition it must be repaired before the Compass Temp Mir ror VF display can be tested The ambient temperature sensor can be diag nosed using the following Sensor Test If there are no codes stored in the PCM and the ambient tem perature sensor and the circuits are confirmed to be OK but the temperature display is inoperative or incorrect replace the Compass Temp Mirror AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST 1 Turn the ignition OFF 2 Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable 3 Disconnect the ambient temperature sensor harness connector 4 Measure the resistance of the ambient tem perature sensor using the following values e 0 C 32 F Sensor Resistance 29 33 35 99 Kilohms e 10 C 50 F Sensor Resistance 17 99 21 81 Kilohms e 20 C 68 Sensor Resistance 11 37 13 61 Kilohms e 25 C 77 Sensor Resistance 9 12 10 86 Kilohms 30 C 86 F Sensor Resistance 7 37 8 75 Kilohms 40 C 104 F Sensor Resistance 4 90 5 75 Kilohms The sensor resistance should read between these min max values If theresistance valueis OK refer to the Wiring Diagrams to test the Signal and Ground circuits If the resistance values are not OK replace the Sensor 3 4 EXTERIOR LIGHTING The Headlamps are controlled by the nstrument Cluster The Instrument Cluster is also referred to as a Smart Cluster It receives and sends mes sages to other modules through the
138. RUSION SENSOR FAILS TO TRIP VTSS EXPORT ONLY continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Dome Lamp l ntrusion Sensor connector All Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Measure the resistance of the Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit between the sensor connector and the RKE module connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Turn the ignition and all the lights off Disconnect the Dome Lamp l ntrusion Sensor connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module Connector Measure the resistance of the Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit to ground Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No GoTo 6 Disconnect the Dome ntrusion Sensor connector Backprobe a voltmeter lead to the Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit in the sensor connector and the other lead to ground Reconnect the Intrusion Sensor Signal connector Wave your hand around the Intrusion Sensor and observe the voltmeter 15 the voltage between 3 0 and 6 0 volts Yes Replacethe Remote Keyless Entry Modulein accordance with the Service Information Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Replace the Intrusion Sensor in accordance with the Service Information Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 221 VE
139. Refer to Demagne tizing Procedure in the Service Manual SELF CHECK DIAGNOSTICS With the ignition ON the Compass Temp Mirror can perform a diagnostic self check by pressing and holding the Zone Cal button left reading lamp button for 20 25 seconds The internal diagnostics will sequence the following five tests 1 VF segment display Illuminates the segment patterns one at a time for 1 second each as follows CAL ZONE E SE S SW W NW through 9 F 2 CTM memory ROM Checksum 3 CTM memory RAM 4 CTM memory EEPROM 5 Compass Test During the self check if any of the internal tests fail the Compass Temp Mirror will display an F and the number of the test that failed If morethan one test fails FO will be displayed P Pass or F Fail will bedisplayed until the Zone Cal button left reading lamp button is pressed and released or the ignition is cycled If all of the tests pass the Compass Temp Mirror will display P A VF seg ment that fails to illuminate will not cause the Compass Temp Mirror to display an F If any segment fails to illuminate or the Compass Temp Mirror displays F the Compass Temp Mirror must be replaced To exit self check diagnostics press and release the Zone Cal button or cydethe ignition toreturn to normal compass temp operation OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE The Compass Temp Mirror utilizes vehicle speed and engine temperature data received on the PCI Bus to accu
140. Remote Keyless Entry Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 186 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom NO AIRBAG MESSAGES RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition NO AIRBAG MESSAGES RECEIVED When Monitored With the ignition on or in the run position Set Condition The RKE Module does not receive any airbag messages for 12 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE ACM RKE MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All With the DRB attempt to communicate with the ACM Was the DRB able to 1 0 or communicate with the ACM Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom s Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 With the erase 5 Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute With the DRB read DTC s Did this DTC reset Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 187 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED When Monitored With the ignition on or in the run position Set Condition The RKE Module does not receive any PCM messages for 12 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All With the DRB enter SYSTEM MONITORS then J 1850 MODULE SCAN
141. SE RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT DECKLID RELEASE RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE UNLOCK GROUND OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Relay Output circuit in the RKE module connector to ground Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Door Lock Relay Output circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 2 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance between the Decklid Release Relay Output terminal and the Door Lock Relay Output terminal in the RKE Module connector Is the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes Repair the Decklid Release Relay Output wire for a short to the Door lock Relay Output wire Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 Driver Door Unlock Relay Output terminal in the RKE Module connector Is the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes Repair the Decklid Release Relay Output wire for a short to the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output wire Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance between the Decklid Release Relay Output terminal and the Door Unlock Relay Output terminal in the RKE Module connector Is the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes Repair the Decklid Release Relay O
142. SHOOTING PROCEDURE Diagnosis of the body system is done in six basic steps e verification of complaint e verification of any related symptoms GENERAL INFORMATION symptom analysis e problem isolation e repair of isolated problem e verification of proper operation 2 0 IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM The vehide systems that are part of the body system are e Airbag System Audio e Compass Temperature Mirror e Instrument Cluster Interior Lighting e Power Door Locks Remote Keyless Entry e Vehicle Communications Vehicle Theft Security System 3 0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION The body system on the 2004 PL consists of a combination of modules that communicate over the PCI bus Programmable Communication Interface multiplex system Through the PCI bus informa tion about the operation of vehicle components and circuits is relayed quickly to the appropriate mod ule s modules receive all theinformation trans mitted on the bus even though a module may not require all information to perform it s function It will only respond to messages addressed to it through a binary coding process This method of data transmission significantly reduces the com plexity of the wiring in the vehide and the size of wiring harnesses All of the information about the functioning of all the systems is organized con trolled and communicated by the PCI bus which is described in the Vehicle Communication S
143. SI Dele JA C DL DATA LINK 80b89816 FUSE BLOCK CONNECTOR 239 COMPONENT LOCATIONS v 8 1 AIRBAG SYSTEM Continued EE 8 1 4 CLOCKSPRING CLOCKSPRING 2 WAY N CONNECTOR LOWER LEFT SIDE BACK OF CLOCKSPRING N T L A T m o N S AIRBAG AIRBAG SPEED CONTROL MODULE MODULE SQUIB 2 WAY SWITCH CONNECTOR CONNECTORS 80220e6f 8 1 5 SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE SIACM SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE 0 42 05 8 2 DATA LINK CONNECTOR DRIVER AIRBAG PASSENGER MODULE AIRBAG MODULE ec aN DATA LINK 80689816 FUSE BLOCK CONNECTOR 240 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8 3 FUSE BLOCK 0 DRIVER AIRBAG PASSENGER M MODULE AIRBAG P MODULE o N T L 2 22 C 225 DATA LINK 80b89816 FUSE BLOCK CONNECTOR N S 8 4 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 8 4 1 BASE CLUSTER 806 986 8 4 2 PREMIUM CLUSTER 60 7 km h 806 987 241 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8 5 POWER DOOR LOCKS MEM 5 5 1 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE MODULE SS a 30 L T S 80bce993 8 5 2 DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID POWER DECKLID
144. SOR FAILS TO TRIP VTSS EXPORT ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INTRUSION SENSOR OPEN FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND INTRUSION SENSOR REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the I OD fuse is installed All Using the DRBIII9 read the module configuration and ensure it is configured for PREMIUM VTA With the DRBIII9 select THEFT ALARM VTSS SYSTEM TEST and INTRUSION SENSOR TEST While waving your hand around the Intrusion Sensor read the DRBIII Does the DRBIII9 display INTRUSION DETECTED Yes Verify the system has not been armed with the intrusion sensor disabled Replace the Intrusion Sensor if the problem remains intermittent Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No GoTo 2 Disconnect the Dome Lamp l ntrusion Sensor connector Measure the voltage between the Fused circuit and ground Is the voltage above 10 0 volts Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open between the I OD fuse and the Intrusion Sensor Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Disconnect the Dome L ntrusion Sensor connector Turn the ignition and all the lights off Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Ground circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 220 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY INT
145. SPLAY All and WARNING LAMP STATUS Cycle the ignition key and observe the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors after the 6 to 8 second indicator test Does the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors match YES GoTo 4 NO Replace Mechanical Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED THEN WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PRO CEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIIIS record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the 2 monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempt
146. SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY Continued APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 66 AIRBAG Symptom PASSENGER SQUIB 1SHORT TO GROUND lt 7
147. Secondary Indicators are present and that all components are functioning properly 11 If a DTC is present refer tothe appropriate category and select the corresponding symptom Are any DTCs present Yes Repair is not complete refer to appropriate symptom No Repair is complete 237 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests Continued SKIS VERIFICATION APPLICABILITY 1 Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors All 2 Obtain the vehicle s unique Personal Identification Number PIN assigned to it s original SKIM This number can be obtained from the vehicle s invoice or Chrysler s Customer Center 1 800 992 1997 3 NOTE When entering the PIN care should be taken because the SKIM will only allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN If 3 consecutive incorrect PIN s are entered the SKIM will Lock Out the DRB III for 1 hour 4 To exit Lock Out mode the ignition key must remain in the Run position continually for 1 hour Turn off all accessories and connect a battery charger if necessary 5 With the DRB III select Theft Alarm SKIM and Miscellaneous Then select desired procedure and follow the steps that will be displayed 6 If the SKIM has been replaced ensure all of the vehicle ignition keys are programmed to the new SKIM 7 NOTE Prior to returning vehicle to the costumer perform a module scan to be sure that all DTC s are erased Erase any DTC s that are found 8 With
148. T VER 1 No Replace the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the Panel Lamps Dimmer to the MID position Remove the Instrument Cluster Measurethe resistance between ground and the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal Circuit in the C2 connector Is the resistance below 100 0 ohms Yes GoTo 6 No Replace the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the I nstrument Cluster Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector Measurethe resistance of the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal Circuit in the instrument cluster connector to ground Is the resistance below 200 0 ohms Yes Repair the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal Wire for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Multifunction Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Close all the passenger doors With the DRBIII9 select Body Electro Mech Cluster Input Output Read the Pas Door Ajar Sw state Remove each passenger door ajar switch and observe the Did the DRBIII9 change states to read Pas Door Ajar Sw Open Yes Replace the applicable open Door Ajar Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 8 177 INTERIOR LIGHTING COURTESY LAMPS ON AT ALL TIMES Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove all 3 passenger door ajar switches All With the DRBIII select Body Electro Mech Cluster nput Output Read the Pas Door Ajar Sw
149. T CLUSTER VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN VTSS LED OPEN ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE The VTSS must be enabled for the Indicator Lamp to operate To help ensure an accurate diagnosis verify the system is enabled before proceed ing Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Connect a jumper wire between the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit and ground Does the VTSS Indicator illuminate Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1 No GoTo 2 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Disconnect the Instrument Cluster connector Measure the resistance of the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit between the RKE module connector and the Instrument Cluster connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Remove the VTSS Indicator LED from the Instrument Cluster Test the VTSS Indicator LED for functionality Does the VTSS Indicator LED light Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Replacethe VTSS LED Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 230 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom VTSS INDICATOR STAYS ON STEADY DURING ARMING POSSIBLE CAUSES DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN IF EQUIPPED DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN IF EQUIPPED DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH IF EQUIPPED HOOD
150. TBELT INDICATOR INOPERBATIVE 44x rh nmn mh metes 172 NE DISPLAY INOPERATIVE 24 44 urat odd Robot Se HUP 174 INTERIOR LIGHTING COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE 175 COURTESY LAMPS ON AT ALL TIMES y voce ex Le ERR Ra Rt 176 ILLUMINATED ENTRY INOPEHATIVE posce ime ERR E REPE Rem ERR eh 179 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE BODY STYEE MISMATCH aurea strum im ha EROR EROR TRAY 180 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH SHORTED OR STUCK my eee 181 INCORRECT MODULE TYPE CONFIGURATION FOR PART NUMBER 183 INTERIOR DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SHORTED OR STUCK 184 MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR 2 22 22 am trm 186 NO AIRBAG MESSAGES RECEIVED 2 IA RARE Rr 187 NO POM MESSAGES 555525265556 EE ER Rx 188 NO SKIM MESSAGES RECEIVED CES eects 189 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH FAILURE acer 190 ALL DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE 5 34x 3 1t hr eddy ep P deck RE dace dares 192 DOORS EXCEPT DRIVER FAIL TO LOCK AND UNLOCK 196 ALL DOORS EXCEPT DRIVER FAIL TO UNLOCK zr eRRRRR 197 ALLDOORS PAIL Qn boo dre md dee e exor dote acc 198 LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM A DOOR LOCK SWITCH 200 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS INOPERBATIVE 25er tmm x 202 DEGKLID SOLENOID 1 RR RC R
151. TC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 58 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1CIRCUIT OPEN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON AHARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Passenger Airbag NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII read the active Airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Airbag Control module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector Measure the resistance of the Pas
152. TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored Set Condition CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on Set Condition The code will set if the temperature inside the CD Changer is above 465 C 145 F POSSIBLE CAUSES HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII erase the audio DTC s All Start the engine and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature If the vehicle has been in the hot sunlight or extreme cold move the vehicle indoors and open the doors to allow the inside temperature to stabilize The CD Changer will operate between 23 C and 65 C 10 F and 145 With the DRBIII9 read DTC s Does the display CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH Yes Replace the CD Changer Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 90 AUDIO Symptom CD PLAY FAILURE eae When Monitored and Set Condition CD PLAY FAILURE When Monitored Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on Set Condition The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD or is scratched dirty so the radio can not play the CD POSSIBLE CAUSES CD PLAY FAILURE ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace the problem CD with good clean unscratched music CD All Turn the radio CD player on With the DRBIII read DTC s Does the DRBIII9 display CD PLAY FAILURE
153. TENT CONDITION FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII9 erase All Turn the ignition on wait for one minute With the DRBIII9 read DTC s Does the DRBIII display Fuel Level Sensor Short No Test complete DTC is intermittent Road test the vehicle and recheck for If the code returns rerun this test Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins TSB that may apply Inspect related harness and connectors Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Yes GoTo 2 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Fuel Level Sensor between the Sensor Signal circuit pin and the Sensor Ground circuit pin Sensor side Is the resistance below 50 0 ohms Yes Replace the Fuel Level Sensor in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 148 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SHORT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit to ground Is the resistance below 10 000 10 ohms NOTE it should be infinite Yes
154. TION TEST VER 1 NOTE When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected 62 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1CIRCUIT SHORT Continued APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at thi
155. URE SWITCH ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATOR LED POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test Depress and hold the Trip Odometer reset button while turning the ignition on Did the Low Oil Pressure Indicator illuminate Yes GoTo 2 No GoTo 4 Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII in Sensors read the Oil Pressure Switch state Disconnect the Engine Oil Pressure Switch harness connector With the DRBIII in Sensors read the Oil Pressure Switch state Did the Engine Oil Pressure Switch change states Yes Replace the Engine Oil Pressure Switch in accordance with the Service I nformation Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Engine Oil Pressure Switch harness connector Disconnect the PCM C1 connector on 2 0L equipped vehicles harness connector Measure the resistance of the Engine Oil Pressure Switch Sense circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information No Repair the Engine Oil Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 167 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Remove the Instrument Cluster Remove the Low Oil Pressure in
156. VERIFICATION TEST 1A Disconnect the Passenger Door Ajar switch connector Using a 12 volt Test Light connected to 12 volts test the Ground circuit for continuity Does the light illuminate Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Open the L eft Rear Door Disconnect the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch connector Close all the other Passenger Doors Connect a jumper wire from the Passenger Door Ajar RKE Sense circuit to ground With the DRBIII9 select THEFT ALARM VTSS INPUT OUTPUT With the DRBIII9 read the PASS DOOR AJ AR SW state Does the DRBIII show CLOSED Yes Replace the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Repair the Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open between the door ajar switch and the splice Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Disconnect the Driver Door Ajar switch connector Using a 12 volt Test Light connected to 12 volts test the Ground circuit for continuity Does the light illuminate Yes GoTo 7 No Repair the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 225 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY OPEN PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO TRIP ALARM Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Open the Right Rear Door All Disconnect the Driver Door Ajar Switch connector Close all the other Passenger Doors Connect a jumper wire fr
157. WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool J umper Disconnect the Side I mpact Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM adaptor to the SIACM connector WARNING TURN IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY Measure the voltage of the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Seat Airbag connector and ground Is any voltage present on either circuit Yes Repair Seat Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to battery Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions WARNING IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 77 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY Continued APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with P
158. Y NOTE This test is for vehicles with VTSS If this vehicle is not equipped All with VTSS answer YES to the question and continue Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Remove the driver door inner trim panel Disconnect the Cylinder Lock Switch connector Measure the resistance between ground and the driver Door Switch Mux circuit cavity 10 Is the resistance below 8000 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Cylinder Lock Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Door Lock Switch connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance between ground and the driver Door Switch Mux circuit cavity 10 Is the resistance below 8000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Driver Door Switch Mux circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Door Lock Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 182 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom INCORRECT MODULE TYPE CONFIGURATION FOR PART NUM BER When Monitored and Set Condition INCORRECT MODULE TYPE CONFIGURATION FOR PART NUMBER When Monitored When the ignition is in the run position during Remote Keyless Entry Module configuration Set Condition When the operator attempts to choose a configuration which is not compatible with the part number Example Selecting BUX RKE when the module is a Domestic part number The
159. Y VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 8 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Radio Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 85 AUDIO Symptom List CASSETTE PLAYER INOP CD MECHANICAL FAILURE NO PCI TRANSMISSION AM FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE BALANCE INOPERATIVE CD EJ ECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE FADER INOPERATIVE F F RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE HOUR MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE PAUSE PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE TAPE EJ ECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE Test Note All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests The title for the tests will be CASSETTE PLAYER INOP E When Monitored and Set Condition CASSETTE PLAYER 1 When Monitored Continuously with the ignition and radio turned on Set Condition The code will set if the radio detects a internal cassette failure CD MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored Continuously with the ignition and CD player turned on Set Condition The code will set if the radio detects a CD mechanical failure POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL FAILURE AUDIO CASSETTE PLAYER INOP Continued APPLICABILITY NOTE If a DTC is set erase the DTC and attempt to reset the DTC If DTC All resets follow this test This is an internal radio
160. ace the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Repair the Driver Door Switch Mux circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 228 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom VTSS FAILS TO ARM FROM PASSENGER DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH EXPORT ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR LOCK OPERATION TEST GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH FAULTY ACTION APPLICABILITY Open the passenger door and operate the door locks from the door lock switch All Did the door locks operate properly Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to symptom LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM PAS SENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH in the POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE category Disconnect the Cylinder Lock Switch connector Measure the resistance of the ground circuit to body ground Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the ground circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Disconnect the Cylinder Lock Switch connector Measure the voltage between the Passenger Door Switch Mux circuit and ground Is the voltage approximately 5 0 volts Yes Replace the Passenger Cylinder Lock Switch Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Repair the Passenger Door Switch Mux circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 229 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom VTSS INDICATOR FAILS TO FLASH POSSIBLE CAUSES REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE INSTRUMEN
161. actuated Yes Replace the Decklid Release Solenoid Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 2 Turn ignition off Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Disconnect the Decklid Solenoid connector Measure the resistance of the Decklid Release Relay Output wire from the RKE module connector to the Decklid Solenoid connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the open Decklid Release Relay Output wire Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn ignition off All Disconnect the Decklid Solenoid connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts check the Ground circuit in the Decklid Release connector Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the open ground wire Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 203 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom DOORS LOCKABLE WITH KEY IN IGNITION amp DRIVER DOOR OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR AJ AR SWITCH OPEN OPEN DRIVER DOOR AR SWITCH SENSE TO MODULE IGNITION SWITCH OPEN KEY IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJ AR SWITCH SENSE TO CLUSTER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER KEY IN IGNITION OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DEFECTIVE DRIVER DOOR AR OPEN RKE MODULE DEFECTIVE OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJ AR ACTION APPLICABILITY Open t
162. and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer WARNING TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Left Sidel Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions WARNIN
163. ariance Map With the ignition in the ON position pressing and holding the Zone Cal button left reading lamp button for 5 10 seconds will illuminate ZONE in the display Re leasing the button while ZONE is illuminated will enter the compass into the Zone Setting mode The Compass Temp Mirror will illuminate the Zone Variance number 1 to 15 that is stored in memory While ZONE is displayed momentarily pressing the Zone Cal button advances the zone to the next higher zone When the desired zone number is displayed do not press the Zone Cal button again After 5 seconds the Zone Variance number will be stored in the module memory With the ignition in the ON position pressing and holding the Zone Cal button for 10 15 seconds will toggle the CAL calibration mode between on and off Releasing the button while CAL is dis played enters the compass into the calibration mode See First Time Calibration Manual Cali bration and Continuous Calibration Pressing and holding the Zone Cal button for 15 20 seconds and then releasing will exit the CAL mode and toggle the display to the current state of compass temperature mirror use OFF Compass Temperature or Compass Temperature Pressing and holding the Zone Cal button for 20 25 seconds will enter the CTM into the self check diagnostic mode upon releasing the button Holding the Zone Cal button for longer than 25 seconds will cause the display to return to its current st
164. arness connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Reconnect the PCM harness connector and the negative battery cable Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit at the Data Link Connector DLC Is the voltage above 7 0 volts Yes GoTo 5 No GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off Using a voltmeter connect one end to the PCI Bus circuit at the DLC and the other end to ground Note When performing the next step turn the ignition off wait one minute before disconnecting any module When the module is disconnected turn the ignition on to check for a short to voltage Turn the ignition on While monitoring the voltmeter disconnect each module the vehide is equipped with one at a time Is the voltage steadily above 7 0 volts with all the modules disconnected Yes Repair the PCI Bus circuit for a short to voltage Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the module that when disconnected the short to voltage was eliminated Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 125 COMMUNICATION 1 BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the negative battery cable Using a ohmmeter connect one end to the PCI Bus circuit at the DLC and the other end to ground While monitoring the onmmeter disconnect eac
165. ase Switch connector Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage between ground and the Decklid Release Relay Control circuit in the switch connector Is the voltage above 10 0 volts Yes Replace the Decklid Release Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 184 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE INTERIOR DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SHORTED OR STUCK Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the RKE module connector All Disconnect the interior Decklid Release Switch connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Decklid Release Relay Control circuit Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Decklid Release Relay Control circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Remote Keyless Entry module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 185 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR RKE Lu LL When Monitored and Set Condition MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR RKE When Monitored When the ignition is in the run position during Remote Keyless Entry transmitter programming Set Condition When the operator attempts to program a transmitter and the RKE module is not configured for RKE POSSIBLE CAUSES MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR RKE ACTION APPLICABILITY TheRKE transmitter will not program because the module 15 not configured for RKE All View repair Repair Using the DRBIII configure the module for
166. ase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 24 AIRBAG Symptom DRIVER SQUIB 1CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition DRIVER SQUIB 1CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits Set Condition TheACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1 circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG OPEN CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS OPEN DRIVER SQUIB 1LINE 1OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN ACM DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 6 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 25 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED FAILURETO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH
167. assenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 78 AIRBAG Symptom SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored When theignition is on the SIACM monitors the resistance of the Seat Squib circuits Set Condition When the SIACM detects a short to ground on the Seat Squib circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT AIRBAG SHORT TO GROUND SEAT SQUIB LINE LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND SIACM SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensu
168. at the Compass Temp Mirror is operating in the CAL mode Move the vehicle to an area away from large metallic objects or overhead power lines While CAL is illuminated in the display the vehicle must be driven in 3 complete 360 degree circles at less than 5 MPH 8 KPH The compass will calibrate CAL will turn off and then resume normal operation MANUAL CALIBRATION With the ignition in the ON position pressing and holding the Zone Cal button left reading lamp button for 10 15 seconds will toggle the display to CAL Releasing the button within the 10 15 second duration will enter the compass into the calibration mode CAL will remain illuminated until the cali bration is complete or is toggled off by pressing the Zone Cal button Move the vehicle to an area away from large metallic objects or overhead power lines While CAL is illuminated in the display the vehicle must be driven in 3 complete 360 degree circles at less than 5 MPH 8 KPH The compass will cali brate CAL will turn off and then resume normal operation CONTINUOUS CALIBRATION During normal operation the Compass Temp Mirror will continuously update the compass cali bration to adjust for gradual changes in the vehi de s magnetic remnant field If the vehicle is sub jected to high magnetic influences the compass may appear to indicate false headings or appear unable to be calibrated If this occurs the vehicle GENERAL INFORMATION may need to be demagnetized
169. ate with no changes Nos Lf EF S Wee Nu a L eau d duce NIS UH SN AV SNS SN Wak Dan SA 23 LBE a SS emu SR W AT 9 22722772 I Wy 80 13863 SETTING COMPASS ZONE The compass has a default zone of 8 Refer to the Zone Variance Map to determine the correct zone number The correct compass Zone selection is crit ical to proper compass operation With the ignition in the ON position pressing the Zone Cal button left reading lamp button for 5 10 seconds and then releasing while ZONE is illuminated enters the compass into the Zone display mode In the Zone display mode ZONE will be illuminated instead of the temperature The current Zone number 1 through 15 will be displayed While ZONE is illu minated momentarily pressing the Zone Cal but ton advances the zone to the next higher zone When the desired zone number is displayed do not press the Zone Cal button again After 5 seconds the Zone Variance number will be stored in the module memory FIRST TIME CALIBRATION A new Compass Temp Mirror is shipped in a first time calibration mode CAL is illuminated when the Compass Temp Mirror is first powered up The first time calibration mode can not be exited until the first time calibration process is completed The CAL icon will remain illuminated to alert the driver th
170. ated symptom s Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 With the erase 5 Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute With the DRB read DTC s Did this DTC reset Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 189 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored Whenever the RKE module is connected and battery voltage is above 10 0 volts Set Condition When a lock or unlock input from the passenger door switch to the RKE module is present for more than 8 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SHORTED DOOR LOCK SWITCH SHORTED CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SHORTED EXPORT ONLY PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All With the DRBIII erase DTCs Operate the door locks several times from the passenger door lock switch and the cylinder lock switch if VTSS equipped With the DRBIII read DTCs Does the DRBIII9 display PASS DOOR SWITCH FAILURE Yes GoTo 2 No Thecauses for setting this code are not present at this time Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Turn the ignition off Measure
171. attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 57 AIRBAG Symptom PASSENGER SQUIB 1CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored When the ignition is On the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits Set Condition TheACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG OPEN PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACM PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN ACTIVE CODE PRESENT APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All Turn the ignition on NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED D
172. atus message from the either SIACM contains a lamp on request theACM will set an active DTC At the sametime as the DTC is set the ACM sends a PCI Bus message to the mechan ical instrument duster MIC requesting the airbag warning lamp be turned on Observe all ACM warning and caution statements when servicing or handling the SIACM SIACM are not repairable and must be replaced if they are dropped NOTE When the Airbag Warning Indicator is illuminated interrogate the ACM 3 1 5 SEAT AIRBAGS The Left and Right seat airbag modules are located in the outboard end of the front seat backs The airbag module contains a bag an inflator a small canister of highly compressed argon gas and GENERAL INFORMATION a mounting bracket The seat airbag module cannot be repaired and must be replaced if deployed or in any way damaged When supplied with the proper electrical signal the inflator seals the hole in the airbag cushion so it can discharge the compressed gas it contains directly into the cushion Upon deployment the seat back trim cover will tear open and allow the seat airbag to fully deploy between the seat and the door NOTE It will be necessary to remove the seat back trim to gain access to the seat airbag module connector when diagnosing the seat airbag system WARNING THE SEAT AIRBAG CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED TO OVER 2500 PSI DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR DO NOT PUNCTURE
173. automatically be disarmed If the VTSS indicator stays on steady during pre arm it is an indication of the hood ajar circuit being shorted hood opened or the decklid security switch circuit being open if equipped Defeating the in trusion sensor feature for vehicles so equipped can be done by three additional lock request to the RKE module within 5 seconds Disarming is done by either a RKE unlock or turning the ignition on with a valid Sentry key All of the switches for the VTSS system can be moni tored using the DRBIII9 The DRBIII9 is also useful to determine the cause of a customer complaint of the alarm going off with no apparent reason 3 7 3 POWER DOOR LOCKS 3 7 3 1 CENTRAL LOCKING W VTSS ONLY This feature allows the customer to lock unlock all vehicle doors with the key from the front door cylinder lock switch The customer can choose to program this feature to unlock all doors with one turn of the key or open the driver door only with the first turn of the key and open the other doors with the second turn Altering the operation of the un lock function via the key cylinder switch from one turn to twoturns will also alter the operation of the RKE transmitter from one press to two presses 3 7 3 2 ROLLING AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All vehicle doors are locked automatically once the vehide reaches a speed of 15 mph and all doors are dosed This feature can be also be enabled disabled by the customer 3 7 3 3 DO
174. bag Load Tool 8443 SRS Airbag System Load Tool 6 0 GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS ABS ACM AECM ASDM BUX CAB CTM DAB DLC DTC EMIC LSIACM NGC PAB PCI PCM PDC PWM RKE RSIACM SAB SIACM SKIM SKIS SQUIB TCM VFD VTSS antilock brake system airbag control module airbag electronic control module ACM airbag system diagnostic module ACM built up export controller antilock brake compass temperature mirror driver airbag data link connector diagnostic trouble code electro mechanical instrument cluster left SIACM next generation controller passenger airbag Programmable Communication nterface vehicle communication bus powertrain control module power distribution center pulse width modulated remote keyless entry right SIACM side airbag side impact airbag control module sentry key immobilizer module sentry key immobilizer system also called initiator located in rear of airbag module transmission control module vacuum fluorescent display vehicle theft security system 7 0 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES AIRBAG Symptom List ACCELEROMETER 1 ACCELEROMETER 2 INTERNAL 1 OUTPUT DRIVER 1 OUTPUT DRIVER 2 SAFING SENSOR STORED ENERGY FIRING 1 STORED ENERGY LOGIC Test Note All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests The title for the tests will be ACCELEROMETER 1 EC When Monitored and Set Condition ACCELEROMETER 1 When Monitored With the
175. be programmed to the module The horn chirp on vehicle lock command is customer programmable To limit the amount of battery drain during storage the I OD fuse may be removed 3 7 1 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM When the VTSS is armed it will monitor the ignition switch status ajar switches for the vehicle doors and decklid Also monitored is a decklid security switch knockout for the cylinder lock If the alarm is tripped it will sound the vehicles horn flash the exterior lamps and the VTSS indicator located in the instrument cluster Arming the system is accomplished by locking the doors with the door lock switch following a normal exit sequence of opening the door pressing the power lock button and closing the door by using the driver door cylinder lock switch or by pressing the RKE lock button After all the doors are closed the VTSS indicator will flash quickly for sixteen seconds indicating the pre arm process after which it will flash at a slower rate indicating the system is armed If during the pre arm process a door is opened the ignition is turned to the Run Start position or if the RKE module receives an unlock request the system will automatically be disarmed If the VTSS indicator stays on steady during pre arm it is an indication of an open decklid security switch sense circuit GENERAL INFORMATION Disarming can be accomplished with a RKE un lock turning the ignition on with a valid Sentry key or unlocki
176. cled since the problem was last detected The minimum time shown for any code will be one minute even if the code was actually present for less than one minute Thus the time shown for a code that was present for two minutes 13 seconds for example would be three minutes When and if the malfunction ceases to exist an ignition cycle count will be initiated for that code If the ignition cycle count reaches 100 without a reoccurrence of the same malfunction the diagnos tic trouble code is erased and that ignition cycle counter is reset to zero If the malfunction reoccurs before the count reaches 100 then the ignition cycle counter will be reset and the diagnostic trouble code will continue to be a stored code If a malfunction is not active while performing a diagnostic test procedure the active code diagnostic test will not locate the source of the problem In this case the stored code can indicate an area to inspect WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING INSPECTION If no obvious problems are found e Erase the stored codes Place the ignition in the Run position e Wiggle the wire harness and connectors e Rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop e Recheck for active codes periodically as you work through the system 3 2 AUDIO SYSTEM The audio system on the 2004 PL consists of a radio that communicates over the PCI bus The speakers are locat
177. connector Is the voltage above 10 0 volts Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the open Fused B circuit from Fuse Block fuse 15 Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Check fuse 15 in the Fuse Block Is fuse 15 open Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 5 GoTo 4 Remove Circuit Breaker 2 from the Fuse Block Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector Measure resistance of the Dimmer Switch High Beam Output Circuit and ground 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Dimmer Switch High Beam Output Circuit for a short to ground condition Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Remove fuse 15 from the Fuse Block All Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector Measure resistance of the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output Circuit to ground Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output Circuit for a short to ground condition Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 133 EXTERIOR LIGHTING HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TRN ON Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Check Circuit Breaker 2 Is Circuit Breaker 2 open Yes Replace the open Fuse Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector Turn the headlamps on Measure voltage of the Fused B Circuit in the Multifunction Switch connector Is the voltage below 1 0 volt Yes GoTo 7 No Repair the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output
178. d Observe the Dome Lamp Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 Remove the dome lamp bulb Disconnect the Instrument Cluster Connect a jumper wire between the Courtesy Lamp Driver Circuit in the Instrument Cluster connector and ground Measurethe resistance of the Courtesy Lamp Driver Circuit from the Dome Lamp to the Instrument Cluster connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition Look for any chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wires Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Driver Circuit Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 175 INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom COURTESY LAMPS ON AT ALL TIMES POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVERS DOOR AR SWITCH DRIVERS DOOR AJ AR SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE IF EQUIPPED INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH OPEN DOOR AJ AR SWITCH REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE IF EQUIPPED PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR RKE SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY Close all the doors All Turn the Panel Lamps Dimmer Switch to the MID position With the D
179. d and wait 2 minutes before proceeding Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 108 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM PCM PCI BUS NGC POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM PCI NO RESPONSE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on NOTE As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB answer the question With the DRB enter Anti Lock Brakes With the DRB enter Electro Mechanical Cluster MIC With the DRB enter Passive Restraints then Airbag Were you able to establish communications with any of the modules Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Com munications category Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 With the DRB read the Powertrain DTC s This is to ensure power and grounds tothe PCM are operational NOTE If the DRB will not read PCM DTC s follow the NO RESPONSE TO PCM PCM SCI only symptom path Turn the ignition off Disconnect the PCM harness connectors CAUTION DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe ada
180. d repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Seat Airbag connector WARNING TURN IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII read the SIACM active DTC s Does the DRB show SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN Yes GoTo 3 No Replace Seat Airbag in accordance with the Service Information Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool J umper Disconnect the Side I mpact Airbag Control Module Connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Side Airbag Control Module connector Measure the resistance of the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Load Tool SIACM adaptor and the Seat Airbag connector Is the resistance below 1 0 ohms on both circuits Yes Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service information WARNING IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE 15 DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Repair open or high resistance in the Seat Squib Line 1 or Line 2 circuits Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1
181. d to as an ACM SELECT ONE LEFT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 LEFT SIACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 RIGHT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 3 RIGHT SIACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 23 AIRBAG CONFIGURATION ERROR Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Left SIACM connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the Left SIACM connector wiring Is the connector correctly wired Yes Replace the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accor dance with Service Instructions WARNING IF THE SIDE IM PACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Rewire the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Right SIACM connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the Right SIACM connector wiring 15 the connector correctly wired Yes Replace the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accor dance with Service Instructions WARNING IF THE S
182. dicator LED Using a DVOM select Diode Mode and attach the leads across the LED NOTE Ensure that the RED lead is on the 4 of the LED Did the LED illuminate Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Low Oil Pressure Indicator LED in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 168 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom ONE GAUGE INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE DTCS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All With the DRBIII read DTCs NOTE The PCM will not store any DTCs regarding Oil Pressure concerns NOTE If Oil Pressure gauge readings are in question and the gauge tests good a mechanical oil pressure gauge must be attached to the engine Does the DRBIII9 display any PCM DTCs Yes Refer tothe DRIVEABILITY category and perform the apropriate symptom No GoTo 2 Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test Turn the ignition off Press and hold the Trip Reset button Turn the ignition on Observe the gauge in question while the I nstrument Cluster performs the Self Test The gauges should position at the following calibration points Speedometer 30mph 51km h BUX 60mph 102km h BUX 90mph 153km h BUX 120mph Tachometer 2000 4000 6000 8000 Fuel E 1 2 Full Temperature Lo Mid Lo High Did the gauge in q
183. e Headlamp Switch voltage Does the DRBIII9 display Headlamp Switch voltage below 5 0 volts Yes GoTo 2 No Replace the Multifunction Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Remove Circuit Breaker 2 from the Fuse Block Measure voltage of the Fused B circuit in the Circuit Breaker connector Is the voltage above 10 0 volts Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Fuse Block Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Remove Circuit Breaker 2 from the Fuse Block All Measure voltage of the Fused B Circuit in the Circuit Breaker connector Is the voltage above 10 0 volts Yes GoTo 4 GoTo 5 Disconnect the Multifunction Switch harness connector Connect a 12 volt test light between the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output Circuit the Fused B Circuit the Multifunction Switch connector Did the test light illuminate brightly Yes Repair the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output Circuit for an open condition Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 137 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TRN ON Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove and test Fuse 15 from the Fuse Block All Is the Fuse open Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the open Fused B Circuit between the Multifunction Switch and the Fuse Block Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Remove Circuit Breaker 2 from the Fuse Block Measure resistance
184. e Key is still in the Ignition Switch With the DRB read the Key In Ignition status Does the DRB show KEY IN IGN CLOSED GoTo 6 Yes GoTo 9 Ensure the Instrument Cluster is connected before proceeding Disconnect the Ignition Switch connector Connect a jumper wire from the Key In Ignition Switch Sense circuit in the ignition Switch connector to ground With the DRB read the Key In Ignition status Does the DRB show KEY IN IGN CLOSED Yes Replace the Ignition Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Instrument Cluster key in ign open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn ignition off Remove the driver door inner trim panel Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector Disconnect the RKE Module connector Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the Driver Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector and the RKE module connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 10 No Repair the open Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense wire Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the I gnition Switch connector All Disconnect the Instrument Cluster connector Measure the resistance of the Key
185. e airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wireharness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect therelated harnesses L ook for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 27 AIRBAG Symptom DRIVER SQUIB 1CIRCUIT SHORT EE LL When Monitored and Set Condition DRIVER SQUIB 1CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits Set Condition TheACM has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT CLOCKSPRING DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2 ACM DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose
186. e ignition on All With the DRBIII read DTCs Does the DRBIII9 display Fuel Level Sensor Open or Fuel Level Sensor Short Yes Refer to Fuel Level Sensor Open or Fuel Level Sensor Short for the related symptom s No GoTo 2 Perform the I nstrument Cluster Self Test Turn the ignition off Press and hold the Trip Reset button Turn the ignition on Observe the Fuel Gauge during the Self Test TheFuel Gauge pointer should pause at each of thesefollowing positions E 1 2 Full Did the Fuel Gauge perform the Self Test properly Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 162 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FUEL GAUGE INACCURATE Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Remove the Fuel Pump Module from the Fuel Tank NOTE Inspect for physical obstructions in the Fuel Tank Inspect the Fuel Level Sensor for bent or damaged parts Measure the resistance of the Fuel Level Sensor while moving the float arm through the complete range of motion The Fuel Level Sensor should measure the following resistances E 184 204 ohms 1 4 360 410 ohms 1 2 565 585 ohms 3 4 741 791 ohms Full 2947 967 ohms NOTE The Fuel Level Sensor should read resistance through the full range of float arm motion Does the F uel Level Sensor read the proper resistance values through the full range of motion
187. ect THEFT ALARM VTSS INPUT OUTPUT Read the PASS DOOR AJ AR SW state and open and dose each passenger door Select the door s that did not show CLOSED when that door was opened Passenger GoTo 2 Left Rear GoTo 4 Right Rear GoTo 6 Passenger Doors GoTo 8 All Door States Read Correctly Retest the VTSS system If the passenger doors will still not trip the alarm replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Disconnect the Passenger Door Ajar switch connector Using a 12 volt Test Light connected to 12 volts test the Ground circuit for continuity Does the light illuminate Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit for open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 224 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY OPEN PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO TRIP ALARM Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Open the Passenger Door Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector Close all the other passenger doors Connect a jumper wire from the Passenger Door Ajar RKE Sense circuit to ground With the DRBIII9 select THEFT ALARM VTSS INPUT OUTPUT With the DRBIII read the PASS DOOR AJ AR SW state Does the DRBIII9 show CLOSED Yes Replace the Passenger Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Repair the Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open between the door ajar switch and the splice Perform VTSS
188. ected With the DRBIII9 select SIDE AIRBAG and the RIGHT SIDE AIRBAG from the DRBIII menu Does the DRBIII show NO RESPONSE or BUS SIGNAL OPEN Yes Refer to the COMMUNICATION category for the related symp tom Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 56 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TURN THE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIIIS record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the DTC s in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just
189. ection of this general information 3 1 AIRBAG SYSTEM TheAirbag Control M odule ACM is bolted tothe floor panel transmission tunnel rearward from the gear shift selector inside the vehide The ACM mounting bracket is welded to the tunnel and is not serviced with the ACM TheACM contains a micro processor the impact sensor and energy storage capacitor The microprocessor contains the airbag system logic The ACM system logic includes On Board Diagnostics OBD capability and communi cates with the instrument cluster circuitry via the PCI data bus to control the airbag indicator lamp GENERAL INFORMATION The microprocessor in the ACM monitors the impact sensor signal and the airbag system electri cal circuits to determine the system readiness If the ACM detects a monitored system fault it sends messages to the instrument cluster on the PCI data bus to turn on the airbag indicator lamp A pre programmed decision algorithm in the ACM micro processor determines when the deceleration rate as signaled by the sensor indicates an impact that is severe enough to require airbag system protection When the programmed conditions are met the ACM sends an electrical signal to deploy the airbag system components The impact sensor is an accelerometer that senses the rate of vehicle deceleration which pro vides verification of the direction and severity of an impact The impact sensor is calibrated for the specific vehicle and is only
190. ed in the instrument panel the front doors and the rear D pillars The instrument panel speakers are a tweeter type speaker for high frequency The front door speakers are a woofer midrangetype speaker Therear D pillar speakers are a full range type speaker If one of the speaker circuits experiences a short the other speakers on that output channel will also shut down until the GENERAL INFORMATION circuit is repaired The radio will also set a trouble code which the DRBIII can display Thein dash CD changer is designed to fit intothe existing cubby bin in the center stack This new cartridge less CD changer is controlled by your ra dio and allows you to individually load up to four discs at one time However due to its compact design the CD changer can only carry out one operation at a time For example you can not load a new disc while playing another at the same time Each operation happens sequentially The radio unit installed with your system pro vides control over all features of the CD changer with the exception of the CD load and eject func tions which are controlled by buttons located on the front of the CD changer Theradio also supplies the power ground PCI Bus left and right speaker output through a single DIN cable All features you would expect such as Disc Up Down Track Up Down Random and Scan are controlled by the radio which also displays all relevant CD changer information on the radio display
191. ed to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 22 AIRBAG Symptom CONFIGURATION ERROR When Monitored and Set Condition CONFIGURATION ERROR When Monitored With ignition on the Side Impact Airbag Control Module monitors the unused squib terminals for the a valid squib circuit resistance Set Condition When the SIACM detects a valid squib circuit resistance across the unused terminals POSSIBLE CAUSES SELECT MODULE REPORTING DTC MISS WIRED LEFT SIACM CONNECTOR MISS WIRED RIGHT SIACM CONNECTOR LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE LSIACM RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE LSIACM STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referre
192. ei 1 RD PANEL Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal LAMPS 6 8 71 DIMMER 1 1 1 1 1 8006 297 LEFT LEFT RIGHT CYLINDER DOOR DOOR CYLINDER Lock LOCK LOCK SWITCH LEFT SWITCH SWITCH RIGHT WIVTSS EXPORT WNVTSS SWITCH MUX LG BK SWITCH MUX MPO 10 RD 4 FUSED PK T FUSED BG AP RKE BK LG MODULE DECKLID RELEASE OR BK S H E M R M S DOOR LOCK PK VT RELAY OUTPUT 4 E DOOR UNLOCK g RELAY OUTPUT PASSENGER T RELAY CONTROL e LG BK DECKLID RELEASE DUE PK B RELAY OUTPUT UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT VT YL PCI CP DECKLID BUS RELEASE SOLENOID TO DLC M AND OTHER MODULES DRIVER 80ee4bec 270 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10 8 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION Autostick D PK FUSE BLOCK used Ign Sw Outpu 61 B Fused FUSE 4 FUSE BLOCK m s ous FOSE NA Fused 47 FUSE BLOCK FUSE DB WT 11 LHD Fused Ign Switch DB WT 10 RHD Output cle Fused Ign Switch Output 4 9 FUSE BLOCK FUSE BLOCK FUSE FUSE DG WT 9 LHD 9 LHD 12 RHD Switch DG WT 12 PHD utput Fused Ign Switch Output LEFT os SIACM ie FUSE RD DG rat Fused B RD DB F sed B 4 FUSE BLOCK FUSE FUSE BLOCK TN LG
193. er Airbag connector WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII read the active Airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Airbag Module Connector and ground Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit Yes Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits for a short to ground Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 4 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possible causes remaining v
194. er ERR Ren 203 DOORS LOCKABLE WITH KEY IN IGNITION amp DRIVER DOOR OPEN 204 DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK amp UNLOCK 20205202 R Rr eR Rn 206 DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO UNLOCK ird CR ess tack ROC RP m RR 208 ONE PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK amp 209 RKE TNOPEBADWE Rond dedi xod Qood loo dea nei 211 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY HOOD AJAR SWITCH MISSING EXPORT 213 MODULE PREVIOUSLY CONFIGURED FOR 55 215 8 0 9 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN 0 cece cee elei 216 HEADLAMPS FAIL TO FLASH DURING ALARM 217 FAILS TO SOUND DURING 218 INTRUSION SENSOR CANNOT BE DISABLED EXPORT 219 INTRUSION SENSOR FAILS TO TRIP VTSS EXPORT 220 INTRUSION SENSOR REPEATEDLY TRIGGERS VTSS EXPORT ONLY 222 DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO TRIP 223 OPEN PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO TRIP 224 PARK LAMPS FAIL TO FLASH DURING 227 VTSS FAILS TO ARM FROM DRIVER DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH EXPORT cusam dob MM RM AM LE EE 228 VTSS FAILS TO ARM DISARM FROM DRIVER DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH e e esee e e 228 VTSS FAILS TO ARM FRO
195. erform this procedure after disconnecting each speaker con nector Disconnect each 1 speaker harness connector one at a time Turn the ignition on Turn the radio on With the DRBIII erase the audio DTCs Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds With the DRBIII9 read DTC s Does the DRBIII display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN with all the I P speakers disconnected Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off NOTE Perform this procedure after disconnecting each rear speaker connector Disconnect each rear speaker harness connector one at a time Turn the ignition on Turn the radio on With the DRBIII erase the audio DTCs Cyde the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds With the DRBIII read DTC s Does the DRBIII9 display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN with all the rear speakers disconnected Yes GoTo 5 No Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 97 AUDIO POWER AMP SHUTDOWN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off Disconnect each front I P and rear speaker harness connector Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker circuit Is the resistance below 1000 0 1K ohms Yes Repair the speaker circuit for a
196. es Are any DTC s present or is the original condition still present Yes Repair is not complete refer to the appropriate symptom No Repair is complete POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1 NOTE After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verifi All cation Test must be performed 2 NOTE If the PCM has been replace and the vehicle is equipped with a 2 4L Turbo Manual Transmission the Pinion Factor MUST be programmed into the PCM Failure to do so will cause the speedometer to become inoperative or inaccurate 3 NOTE If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed a DTC will be set in the ABS Module Airbag Module and the SKIM NOTE If the vehicle 15 equipped with a Sentry Key Immobilizer System Secret Key data must be updated Refer to the Service Information for the PCM SKIM and the Transponder ignition key for programming information 5 Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all components related to the repair are connected properly 6 Inspect the engine oil for fuel contamination Replace the oil and filter as necessary 7 Attempt to start the engine 8 If the No Start condition is still present refer to the symptom list and perform the diagnostic testing as necessary refer to and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply 9 Run the engine for one warm up cycle to verify operation 10 With the DRBIII9 confirm that no DTCs or
197. especially important to block the wheels on front wheel drive vehides the parking brake does not hold the drive wheels When servicing a vehide always wear eye pro tection and remove any metal jewelry such as rings watchbands or bracelets that might make an inadvertent electrical contact When diagnosing a body system problem it is important to follow approved procedures where applicable These procedures can be found in this General Information Section or in service manual procedures Following these procedures is very im portant to the safety of individuals performing diagnostic tests 4 2 2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully charged battery If it does not false diagnostic codes or error messages may occur 4 2 3 SERVICING SUB ASSEMBLIES Some components of the body system are in tended to be serviced as an assembly only Attempt ing to remove or repair certain system sub components may result in personal injury and or 13 GENERAL INFORMATION improper system operation Only those components with approved repair and installation procedures in the service manual should be serviced 4 2 4 DRBIII SAFETY INFORMATION WARNING EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE DRBIII MULTIMETER IS DANGEROUS READ ALL DRBIII INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USING THE MULTIMETER FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH e Follow the vehicle manufacturer s serv
198. f All Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output circuit in the RKE module connector to body ground Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output wire for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 208 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom ONE PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK amp UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR LOCK MOTOR OPEN DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE OPEN DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE OPEN DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE SHORT TO GROUND DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE SHORT TO GROUND ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor connector All Disconnect the appropriate Door Lock Motor connector Connect a test light between the Door Lock Relay Output and the Door Unlock Relay Output circuits in the door lock motor connector Press the door lock switch to the Lock and Unlock positions Did the test light illuminate when the lock switch was pressed in both directions Yes Replace the Door Lock Motor Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 2 Turn ignition off Remove the appropriate inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Door Lock Motor connector
199. failure View repair Repair Replace the Radio Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 87 AUDIO Symptom CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored Set Condition CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on Set Condition The code will set if the CD Changer detects a mechanical failure POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL FAILURE ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Erase DTC and attempt to reset If DTC resets follow this test All This is an internal CD Changer failure View repair Repair Replace the CD Changer Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 88 AUDIO Symptom CD CHANGER READ FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition CD CHANGER READ FAILURE When Monitored Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on Set Condition The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed in the CD Changer POSSIBLE CAUSES CD CHANGER READ FAILURE ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace the problem CD with a good clean unscratched music CD All Turn the radio on and select the good CD With the DRBIII read DTC s Does the DRBIII9 display CD CHANGER READ FAILURE Yes Replace the CD Changer Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 89 AUDIO Symptom CD CHANGER
200. g or coil wires to avoid measuring error from outside interference 4 3 WARNINGS 4 3 1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS Before disconnecting any control module make sure the ignition is off Failure to do so could damage the module When testing voltage or continuity at any control module use the terminal side not the wire end of the connector Do not probe a wire through the insulation this will damageit and eventually cause it to fail because of corrosion Be careful when performing electrical tests so as to prevent acciden tal shorting of terminals Such mistakes can dam age fuses or components Also a second code could be set making diagnosis of the original problem more difficult 4 3 2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT VEHICLE Some complaints will require a test drive as part of the repair verification procedure The purpose of the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic code or symptom condition WARNING REASSEMBLE ALL COMPO NENTS BEFORE ROAD TESTING A VEHICLE DO NOT TRY TO READ THE DRBIII SCREEN OR OTHER TEST EQUIPMENT DURING A TEST DRIVE DO NOT HANG THE DRBIII OR OTHER TEST EQUIPMENT FROM THE REARVIEW MIRROR DURING A TEST DRIVE HAVE AN ASSISTANT AVAILABLE TO OPERATE THE DRBIII OR OTHER TEST EQUIPMENT FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH 5 0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT DRBIII9 diagnostic read out box umper Wires Ohmmeter Voltmeter Test Light 8310 Air
201. g your diagnostic path 1 First make sure the DRBIII9 is communicating with the appropriate modules i e if the DRBIII9 displays No Response or Bus signal open condition you must diagnose that first 2 Read DTC s diagnostic trouble codes with the DRBIII 3 If no DTC s are present identify the customer complaint 4 Once the DTC or customer complaint is identi fied locate the matching test in the Table of Contents and begin to diagnose the symptom All component location views are in Section 8 0 All connector pinouts are in Section 9 0 All schematics are in Section 10 0 An placed before the symptom description indi cates a customer complaint When repairs are required refer to the appropri ate service manual for the proper removal and repair procedure Diagnostic procedures change every year New diagnostic systems may be added and carryover systems may be enhanced READ THIS MANUAL BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE It is recom mended that you review the entire manual to be come familiar with all the new and changed diag nostic procedures This book reflects many suggested changes from readers of past issues After using this book if you have any comments or suggestions please fill out the comment form in the back of the book and mail it back to us 1 1 SYSTEM COVERAGE This diagnostic procedures manual covers all 2004 PL NEON vehicles 1 2 SIX STEP TROUBLE
202. h module the vehicleis equipped with one at a time NOTE Total bus resistance to ground thru all of the modules is typically between 350 to 1000 ohms The more modules on the bus the lower the total bus resistance will be Is the resistance below 150 0 ohms with all the modules disconnected Yes Repair the PCI Bus circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the module that when disconnected the short to ground was eliminated Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 126 COMPASS MINI TRIP COMPUTER Symptom COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR INTERNAL FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES COMPASS TEMP MIRROR ACTION APPLICABILITY Perform the Compass Temp Mirror Self Check All Turn the ignition on Press and hold the left lamp button for 20 25 seconds The display will illuminate each of the VF segments CAL ZONE N NE E SE S SW W NW The numerals 0 through 9 C and F The Compass Temp Mirror will test the memory and the compass Press the left lamp button or cycle the ignition to exit the Self Check The Compass Temp Mirror will display a P for Pass or an F for Fail Did the Compass Temp Mirror display an F after the Self Check Yes Replace the Compass Temp Mirror in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Test Complete 127 COMPASS MINI TRIP COMPUTER Symptom COMPASS TEMPERATURE MIRROR DOES CALIBRATE POSSIBLE
203. he DTC s in all switch positions 8 Note Read the DTC s in all airbag system related modules 9 If the DRBIII9 shows any active or stored codes return to the Symptom list and follow path specified for that trouble code If no active or stored codes are present the repair is complete Are any DTC s present or is the original condition still present YES Repair is not complete refer to appropriate symptom list NO Repair is complete 236 APPLICABILITY APPLICABILITY All VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests Continued BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1 Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and All connectors 2 NOTE If the SKIM or PCM was replaced refer to the service information for proper programming procedures 3 If the Remote Keyless Entry module was replaced using the DRBIII select Theft Alarm 55 Miscellaneous and Configure Module If the vehicle is equipped with VTSS use the DRBIII and enable VTSS 4 Program all RKE transmitters and other options as necessary 5 Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged 6 With the DRBIII record and erase all from ALL modules Start and run the engine for 2 minutes Operate all functions of the system that caused the original concern 7 Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIII9 read DTC s from ALL modul
204. he Drivers door All With the DRB III select Body Electro M ech Cluster Input Output Read the Drv Door Ajar Sw state Does the DRBIII Show CLOSED No GoTo 2 Yes GoTo 5 Remove the driver door inner trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector Disconnect the Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector Left Front or Right Front Connect a jumper wire between Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit driver door and ground With the III select Body Electro M ech Cluster Input Output Read the Drv Door Ajar Sw state Does the DRBIII show Closed Yes Replace the Driver Door Ajar Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 Turn ignition off Disconnect the Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch driver door connector Disconnect the Instrument Cluster connector Measure the resistance of the Door Ajar Switch Sense driver door circuit between the Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector and the Instrument Cluster connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense wire for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 204 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE DOORS LOCKABLE WITH KEY IN IGNITION amp DRIVER DOOR OPEN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Note E nsure that th
205. he SIACM active Does the DRB show SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT Yes GoTo 3 No Replace Seat Airbag in accordance with the Service Information Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TURN THE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the SI ACM connector Disconnect the Side I mpact Airbag Control Module connector Measurethe resistance between the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the Seat Airbag connector Is the resistance below 10K ohms Yes Repair Seat Squib Line 1 shorted to Line 2 circuit Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions WARNING IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 74 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags wh
206. his time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 20 AIRBAG Symptom CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored After the MIC bulb test is completed the ACM compares the Lamp Request by ACM On or Off and the Lamp on by MIC On or Off PCI Bus messages E ach message is transmitted one time per second or when a change in the lamp state occur Set Condition If the Lamp Request by ACM or Off and the Lamp by MIC On or Off messages do not match the code will set POSSIBLE CAUSES MIC DIAGNOSTIC CODES CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACM CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Ensure the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 5 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII read the MIC DTCs Does the DRBIII9 display any active Diagnostic Codes Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to nstrument Cluster No GoTo 3 21 AIRBAG CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII9 select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS AIRBAG MONITOR DI
207. ice speci fications at all times Do not use the DRBIII if it has been damaged Do not use the test leads if the insulation is damaged or if metal is exposed e To avoid electrical shock do not touch the test leads tips or the circuit being tested e Choose the proper range and function for the measurement Do not try voltage or current mea surements that may exceed the rated capacity Donot exceed the limits shown in the table below FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT Volts 500 peak volts AC 500 volts DC Ohms resistance 0 1 12 megohms Frequency Measured 0 10 kHz Frequency Generated Temperature 58 1100 F 50 600 C Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present Ohms can be measured only in a non powered circuit e Voltage between any terminal and ground must not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC e Use caution when measuring voltage above 25v DC or 25v AC e Usethelow current shunt to measure circuits up to 10A Use the high current damp to measure circuits exceeding 10A e When testing for the presence of voltage or cur rent make sure the meter is functioning cor rectly Take a reading of a known voltage or current before accepting a zero reading e When measuring current connect the meter in series with test lead e Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting the common test lead GENERAL INFORMATION e When using the meter function keep the DRBIII9 away from spark plu
208. iew repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 68 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1SHORT TO GROUND Continued APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the 2 monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found a
209. ignition on the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests Set Condition This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit ACCELEROMETER 2 When Monitored With the ignition on the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests Set Condition This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit INTERNAL 1 When Monitored With the ignition on the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests Set Condition This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit OUTPUT DRIVER 1 When Monitored With the ignition on the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests Set Condition This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit OUTPUT DRIVER 2 When Monitored With the ignition on the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests Set Condition This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit 16 AIRBAG ACCELEROMETER 1 Continued ees SAFING SENSOR When Monitored When the ignition on the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests Set Condition This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range safing sensor STORED ENERGY FIRING 1 When Monitored With the ignition on the ACM on board diagnostics conti
210. ile performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 75 AIRBAG Symptom SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY ETE Lu LL When Monitored and Set Condition SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored When the ignition is on the SIACM monitors the voltage of the Seat Squib circuits Set Condition When the SIACM detects high voltage on the Seat Squib circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT AIRBAG SHORT TO BATTERY SEAT SQUIB LINE
211. inated for both circuits Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information Perform 40 41TE NGC TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 121 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE NGC Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the PCM harness connectors CAUTION DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused B circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool 8815 NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information Perform 40 41TE NGC TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the PCM harness connectors CAUTION DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts probe each gro
212. ir Repai Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions and replace the Run Only Fuse Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage of the Ignition Switch Output Run circuit between the Airbag Run circuit fuse and ground Is the voltage above approximately 4 5 volts Yes GoTo 7 No Repair the open Ignition Switch Output Run circuit Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Reinstall the airbag Run fuse WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit at the Airbag Control Module connector Is the voltage above approximately 4 5 volts Yes GoTo 8 Repair the an open or high resistance in the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 45 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE
213. ircuit and ground Is the voltage above 10 5 volts Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Repair the Fused circuit for an open between the Fuse Block 4 Fuse and the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 143 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom List CLUSTER BUS TX SHUTDOWN NO PCI BUS TRANSMISSION Test Note All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests The title for the tests will be CLUSTER BUS TX SHUTDOWN po gt When Monitored and Set Condition CLUSTER BUS TX SHUTDOWN When Monitored Continuous Set Condition The Instrument Cluster fails the loop back test on the PCI Bus NO PCI BUS TRANSMISSION When Monitored Continous Set Condition Thelnstrument Cluster microprocessor fails the loop back test on the PCI Bus POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII9 erase DTCs Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute With the DRBIII read DTCs Did this DTC reset Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 144 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom EATX MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition EATX MISMATCH When Monitored With the ignition on Set Condition Thelnstrument Cluster detects that the config
214. ircuits Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the PCM harness connectors Disconnect the DRBIII9 from the DLC Measure the resistance between ground and the PCM SCI Transmit circuit at the Data Link harness connector cav 7 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 6 Link harness connector cav 12 Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for a short to ground Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the PCM harness connector Disconnect the DRBIII9 from the DLC CAUTION DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Measure the resistance of the PCM SCI Receive circuit from the Data Link harness connector cav 12 to the appropriate terminal of special tool 8815 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 8 No Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for an open Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the PCM harness connector Disconnect the DRBIII9 from the DLC Measure the resistance between ground and the PCM SCI Receive circuit in the Data 1
215. is corrected In certain test procedures within this manual diag nostic trouble codes are used as a diagnostic tool 3 1 7 1 ACTIVE CODES The code becomes active as soon as the malfunc tion is detected or key off whichever occurs first An active trouble code indicates an on going mal function This means that the malfunction is cur rently there every time the control module checks that circuit function It is impossible to erase an active code active codes automatically erase by themselves when the reason for the code has been corrected With the exception of the warning lamp trouble codes or malfunctions when a malfunction is de tected the airbag lamp remains lit for a minimum of 12 seconds or as long as the malfunction is present An Interrogate Right SIACM or Interrogate left SIACM diagnostic trouble code indicates an active trouble code in the respective module 3 1 7 2 STORED CODES Airbag codes are automatically stored in the ACM s memory as soon as the malfunction is de tected A stored code indicates there was an active code present at some time However the code cur rently may not be present as an active code al though another active code could be When a trouble code occurs the airbag warning lamp illuminates for 12 seconds minimum even if the problem existed for less than 12 seconds The code is stored along with the timein minutes it was active and the number of times the ignition has been cy
216. itch Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No GoTo 4 NOTE The condition that caused the alarm is not present at this time The following list may help in indentifying the intermittent condition Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins TSB that may apply Visually inspect related wiring harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wires Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors Look for loose connections broken bent pushed out or corroded terminals Were any of the above conditions present Yes Repair as necessary Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Test Complete 216 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom HEADLAMPS FAIL TO FLASH DURING ALARM POSSIBLE CAUSES DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE APPLICABILITY Ensure the Low Beam Headlamps are operational before proceeding If the lamps are All not working properly refer to symptom LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON in the EXTERIOR LIGHTING category Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Connect a test light from the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output circuit to ground Turn the Low Beam Headlamps on Does the test light illuminate when the low beam headlamps are on Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1 No Repair the Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST
217. ition on and then reconnect the Battery Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run Circuit and the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run Start Circuit at the ACM connector NOTE One open circuit will not cause a NO RESPONSE condition Is the test light illuminated on both circuits Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run and Fused Ignition Switch Output Run Start circuits for an open Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE When reconnecting airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected Ensure that the battery is fully charged WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the ACM harness connector Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts probe the ground circuit NOTE Make sure test light is connected to the Battery positive terminal Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Ground circuit for an open Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 99 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM ACM Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Note E nsure there is PCI bus communication with o
218. ke Yes GoTo 3 No GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector Connect a jumper wire between the Brake Warning Indicator circuit and ground Turn the ignition on and observe the Brake Warning Indicator Does the Indicator illuminate Yes Replace the Park Brake Switch in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 158 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector Measure the resistance of the Brake Warning Indicator circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Repair the Brake Warning ndicator circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII9 in Inputs Outputs read the Brake Fluid Level Switch state Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector Connect a jumper wire between cavity A and cavity B of the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector With the DRBIII observe the Brake Fluid Level input Did the Brake Fluid Level input change state Yes Replace the Brake Fluid Level Switch in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICAT
219. lace with the proper rated fuse Turn the ignition on for approximately 1 minute Turn the ignition off Remove and inspect the 13 Fuse in the PDC Is the 13 Fuse in the PDC open Yes Repair the PDC 13 Fused B circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 2 Turn the ignition off Remove and inspect the Fuse Block 4 Fuse If the fuse is open replace with the proper rated fuse Turn the ignition on for approximately 1 minute Turn the ignition off Remove and inspect the Fuse Block 4 Fuse Is the Fuse Block 4 Fuse open Yes Repair the Fuse Block Fused B circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 142 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BATTERY LOSS Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Measure the voltage between the PDC 13 Fuse and ground Is the voltage above 10 5 volts Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the B circuit to the PDC 13 Fuse for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Measure the voltage between the Fuse Block 4 Fuse and ground Is the voltage above 10 5 volts Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the B circuit to the Fuse Block 4 Fuse for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the I nstrument Cluster harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the voltage between the Fused c
220. lated harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 50 AIRBAG Symptom NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module status message The Left SIACM transmits the status message to the ACM at 1 second intervals Set Condition IftheACM fails to seethe Left SIACM status message on the PCI Bus for 10 seconds the code will set POSSIBLE CAUSES NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE ACM NOLEFT SIACM MESSAGE STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All Turn the ignition on NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 With the DRBIII9 select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS SIDE AIRBAG then LEFT SIDE from the DRB menu Does the DRBIII9 show NO RESPONSE or BUS SIGNAL OPEN Yes Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 WARNING TURN T
221. le causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII9 monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wireharness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect therelated harnesses L ook for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 30 AIRBA
222. le for non VTSS will cause the new configuration to fail This code should only appear if attempting to reconfigure used RKE module POSSIBLE CAUSES REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY The RKE module attempting to be configured to non VTSS has originally been All configured to be used on a VTSS equipped vehicle If the vehicle is NOT VTSS equipped does not have either a hood ajar or a decklid security switch knockout the RKE module attempting to be configured should be replaced If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 215 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN POSSIBLE CAUSES LAST VTSS CAUSE ATTEMPT TO TRIP ALARM INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII9 in Theft Alarm Monitor Display read theAlarm Tripped By state Were there any causes displayed Yes Check for a possible intermittent condition with the circuit indicated by the DRBIII9 Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No GoTo 2 Is this an export vehicle equipped with a hood ajar switch Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 4 Remove the ignition key but keep in hand All Lock the vehicle and close all the doors and hood Allow the VTSS to arm Lightly tap on hood near ajar switch to simulate wind and noise vibration Did the VTSS trip to the alarming state Yes Replace the hood ajar sw
223. lect Live Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to Set voltage range to 20 volts Press F2 again when complete Disconnect the Siren connector Connect the black lead to the chassis ground Connect the red lead to the Siren Control circuits cavities 1 amp 2 in the Siren connector Observe the voltage displayed on the DRBIII Lab Scope 15 there a voltage square wave present in each cavity every 1 or 2 seconds Yes Replace the Siren in accordance with the Service Information Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Siren connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Measure the resistance of the Siren Control circuit between the Siren connector cavities 1 amp 2 and the module connector cavity 15 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms at all cavities Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the Siren Control circuit for an open between the Siren and the RKE module connector Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Siren connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Measure the resistance of the Siren Control circuit to ground Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Siren Control circuit for a short to ground Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No ReplacetheRemote Keyless Entry Modulein accordance with the Service I nformation Pe
224. lection to change the compass zone or to calibrate the compass The reading lamp buttons also cycle the reading lamps on or off The STEP button right reading lamp button operates a momentary contact switch which pro vides input to the Compass Temp Mirror in one of the following four modes To toggle the right reading lamp on and off upon release of the button e To select degrees in F Fahrenheit for the temperature display e Toselect degrees in C Celsius for the temper ature display e To turn off the compass temperature display ENGLISH METRIC OFF MODE With the ignition in the ON position pressing and holding the STEP button right reading lamp button for 5 10 seconds will toggle the display between English and Metric The Compass Temp Mirror stores the selected display mode in memory upon releasing the button during the 5 10 seconds Pressing and holding the STEP button for 10 15 seconds will turn the display OFF upon releasing the button during the 10 15 seconds Each time the temperature mode is changed to F or C the Compass Temp Mirror stores the new mode in memory The selected English or Metric mode is recalled after the ignition is cycled The display OFF mode is not recalled after the ignition is cyded The Compass Temp Mirror will power up and display the temperature mode F or C that was last selected E 2757 p CALIBRATION ZONE MODE Refer tothe Zone V
225. ll occur There is also a new Verification test and module replacment procedure for the PCM GENERAL INFORMATION READ 40ms Div gt vi Normal pulseQto 7 5 volts 1 i i HELP VOLTAGE RECORD CURSOR READ 40ms Div gt wo d x 40 pO IEEE gu EU V Bete 4 Short to ground or open circuit HELP VOLTAGE RECORD CURSOR 80bdbcf6 3 9 USING THE DRBIII9 Refer to the DRBIII9 user s guide for instructions and assistance with reading trouble codes erasing trouble codes and other DRBIII9 functions DISPLAY REPLACEABLE LENS FUNCTION ENTER KEYS LEDs A CONTRAST AOON with YES key BOD BACK LIGHTING QOO with YES key o KEYPAD SHIFT KEY LED 80b57566 DRBIII ERROR MESSAGES AND BLANK SCREEN Under normal operation the DRBIII9 will dis play one of only two error messages User Requested WARM Boot or User Requested COLD Boot If the DRBIII9 should display any other error message record the entire display and call the Star Center for information and assistance This is a sample of such an error message display ver 2 14 date 26 J ul93 file key itf cc date J ul 26 1993 line 548 err Ox1 3 9 1 User Requested COLD Boot Press MORE to switch between
226. ls 170 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR INOPERATIVE BUX ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATOR LED INSTRUMENT CLUSTER APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the Rear Fog Lamps operate correctly before proceed All ing with this test Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Turn the Rear Fog Lamp switch on Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground check the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator circuit Does the test light illuminate brightly Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Remove the I nstrument Cluster Remove the inoperative LED Using a DVOM select Diode Mode and attach the leads across the LED NOTE Ensure that the RED lead is on the 4 of the LED Did the LED illuminate Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Replace the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator LED in accordance with the Service I nformation Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 171 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom SEATBELT INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INDICATOR LED SEAT BELT INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND OPEN SEAT BELT SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off Perform the Instrume
227. m pane to gain access to the door lock motor connector Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Relay Output circuit between the RKE module connector and the Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Door Lock Relay Output circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Door Lock Motors as necessary Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 196 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom ALL DOORS EXCEPT DRIVER FAIL TO UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE UNLOCK RELAY APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Door Unlock Relay Output circuit Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Door Unlock Relay Output circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 197 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom ALL DOORS FAIL TO LOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DECKLID RELEASE RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT DECKLID RELEA
228. message or a BUS SIGNALS OPEN message Turn the ignition on Using the DRB attempt to communicate with the following control modules Airbag Control Module SKIM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MIC INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Was the DRBIII9 able to communicate with one or more Module s Yes GoTo 2 No GoTo 3 Turn the ignition off Note Visually inspect the related wiring harness Look for any chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wires Note Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out or corroded terminals Note If the DRB can not communicate with a single module refer to the category list for the related symptom Were any problems found Yes Repair wiring harness connectors as necessary Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 124 COMMUNICATION 1 BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the PCM harness connector Note If equipped with NGC follow the caution below CAUTION DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Disconnect the DRB from the Data Link Connector DLC Disconnect the negative battery cable Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the Data Link Connector DLC and the PCM h
229. mptom DRIVER DOOR SWITCH SHORTED OR STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition DRIVER DOOR SWITCH SHORTED OR STUCK When Monitored Whenever the RKE module is connected and battery voltage is above 10 0 volts Set Condition When a lock or unlock input from the driver door switch to the RKE module is present for more than 8 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SHORTED DOOR LOCK SWITCH SHORTED CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SHORTED DRIVER DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All With the DRBIII erase DTCs Operate the door locks several times from the driver door lock switch and the cylinder lock switch if VTSS equipped With the DRBIII read DTCs Does the DRBIII9 display DRIVER DOOR SWITCH FAILURE Yes GoTo 2 No Thecauses for setting this code are not present at this time Using the wiring diagram schematic as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Turn the ignition off Measure the resistance between ground and the driver Door Switch Mux circuit cavity 10 in the RKE module connector Is the resistance below 8000 0 ohms Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Remote Keyless Entry module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 181 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE DRIVER DOOR SWITCH SHORTED OR STUCK Continued APPLICABILIT
230. n Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 195 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom ALL DOORS EXCEPT DRIVER FAIL TO LOCK AND UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES RKE MODULE OPEN DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE OPEN DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE OPEN OPEN MOTORS ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Lower the passenger door window Connect a jumper wire between the Door Lock Relay Output ckt and the Ground ckt in the RKE module connector Connect a jumper wire to the Door Unlock Relay Output ckt and momentarily touch it to the Fused B ckt and observe the passenger door locks Reverse the jumper wires to drive the motors in the opposite direction Did the passenger doors Lock and Unlock Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 2 Turn the ignition off All Remove the passenger door inner trim panel to gain access to the door lock motor connector Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Relay Output circuit between the RKE module connector and the Door Lock Motor Ajar Switch connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Door Unlock Relay Output circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Remove the passenger door inner tri
231. n off Remove and inspect the Airbag Run circuit fuse Is the Fuse open Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 6 Remove the Airbag Run fuse NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the F used I gnition Switch Output Run circuit between the Run Fuse and ground Is the resistance below 10 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the defective fuse Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 44 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY Continued APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the F used I gnition Switch Output Run circuit between the ACM connector and ground Is the resistance below 10K ohms Yes Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit for a short to ground and replace Airbag Run Fuse Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 5 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN IGNITION All OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possible causes remaining view repa
232. n open Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Note When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 115 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules If not All refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom and repair as necessary WARNING TURN THE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Right Side Airbag Control Module harness connector Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts Set Probe to x10 Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximatel
233. neric scan tool mode it may not be necessary to perform this step Did the vehicle pass this test Yes GoTo 2 No Repair as necessary Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the DRBIII9 from the DLC Disconnect the PCM harness connectors Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage of the PCM SCI Transmit circuit at the Data Link harness connector cav 7 Is the voltage above 1 0 volt Yes Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 3 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the DRBIII9 from the DLC Disconnect the PCM harness connectors Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage of the PCM SCI Receive circuit at the Data Link harness connector cav 12 15 the voltage above 1 0 volt Yes Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for a short to voltage Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 4 110 APPLICABILITY All COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM PCM PCM SCI ONLY NGC Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off Disconnect the DRBIII9 from the DLC Disconnect the PCM harness connectors Measure the resistance between the PCM SCI Transmit circuit and the PCM 5 Receive circuit at the Data Link harness connector cavs 7 and 12 Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Repair the short between the PCM SCI Transmit and the PCM SCI Receive c
234. ng the vehicle with the driver door cylin der lock All of the switches for the VTSS system can be monitored using the DRBIII9 The DRBIII is also useful to determine the cause of a customer complaint of the alarm going off with no apparent reason 3 7 2 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM EXPORT ONLY When the VTSS is armed it will monitor the interior of the vehicle for movement via an intru sion sensor if equipped the ignition switch status ajar switches for the vehicle doors decklid and hood Vehicles without an intrusion sensor will havea decklid security switch knockout which will also be monitored If the alarm is tripped it will sound the vehicles horn or a battery backed siren for vehicles equipped with the intrusion sensor flash the exterior lamps and the VTSS indicator located in the instrument cluster Arming the system is accomplished by locking the doors with the door lock switch following a normal exit sequence of opening the door pressing the power lock button and closing the door or by using either door cylinder lock switch or by pressing the RKE lock button After all the doors are closed the VTSS indicator will flash quickly for sixteen seconds indicating the pre arm process after which it will flash at a slower rate indicating the system is armed If during the pre arm process a door is opened the ignition is turned to the Run Start position or if the RKE module receives an unlock request the system will
235. nition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected Turn the ignition on Connect the DRB to the data link connector and select PCM SYSTEM TEST Does the DRB show PCM Active on the Bus Yes GoTo 3 No Refer to category COMMUNICATION and select the related symptom Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 47 AIRBAG MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB read the Vehide Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Powertrain Control Module and program with the correct vehicle identification number Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the DRB select MISCELLANEOUS and then CONFIGURE FOR SIDE AIRBAGS Then press the continue button to display the current side airbag status Does the DRBIII9 show current status as ACM WITHOUT SIDE AIRBAG Yes Using the select ACM WITH SIDE AIRBAGS to configure the ACM for Side Airbags Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 WARNING TURN THE IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instruc
236. nt Cluster Self Test Did the Seat Belt Indicator illuminate Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 2 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector Measure the resistance of the Seat Belt Indicator circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Seat Belt Indicator circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Ground circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the Seat Belt Switch Ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 2 Turn the ignition off All Remove the Instrument Cluster Remove the inoperative indicator Using a DVOM select Diode Mode and attach the leads across the LED NOTE Ensure that the RED lead is on the 4 of the LED Did the LED illuminate Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Seat Belt Indicator LED in accordance with the Service I nformation Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 172 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SEATBELT INDICATOR INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector Measure the resistance of the Seat Belt Switch between the ndicator circuit pin and the Ground circuit pin Is the resistance below
237. nuously performs internal circuit tests Set Condition This DTC will set if the ACM identifies an out of range internal circuit STORED ENERGY LOGIC When Monitored With the ignition on the ACM on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests Set Condition This DTC will set if the ACM identifies an out of range internal circuit POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE ACM LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE LSIACM RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE RSIACM AIRBAG ACCELEROMETER 1 Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Ensure the battery is fully charged WARNING IF THE MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL IN J URY OR DEATH NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM From the list below select the appropriate module reporting this diagnostic trouble code SELECT ONE ACM ACTIVE or STORED DTC Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 LEFT SIACM ACTIVE or STORED DTC WARNING MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED THEN WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Replace the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 RIGHT SIACM ACTIVE or STORED DTC WARN
238. oad Tool from the Clockspring connector Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuit between the ACM adaptor and the Clockspring connector Is the resistance below 1 0 ohms on both circuits Yes GoTo 5 No Repair open or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 26 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII9 monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriat
239. om the Passenger Door Ajar RKE Sense circuit to ground With the DRBIII select THEFT ALARM VTSS INPUT OUTPUT With the DRBIII read the PASS DOOR AJ AR SW state Does the DRBIII9 show CLOSED Yes Replace the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Repair the Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open between the door ajar switch and the splice Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Passenger Door Ajar Switch connector Disconnect the RKE Module connector Measure the resistance of the Passenger Door Ajar RKE Sense circuit between the door ajar switch connector and the module connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A No Repair the Passenger Door Ajar RKE Sense circuit for an open Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 226 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY Symptom PARK LAMPS FAIL TO FLASH DURING ALARM POSSIBLE CAUSES PARK LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE APPLICABILITY Ensure the park lamps are operational from the multifunction switch If the park All lamps are inoperative refer to the appropriate Service Information and repair the Park Lamp circuit as necessary Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Connect a test light to the Park Lamp Switch Output circuit cav 2 to ground Turn the
240. on NO ANTENNA CONNECTION When Monitored With the ignition on and the radio in seek up down mode Set Condition With theradioin seek or scan mode for two minutes and the radio does not detect an antenna connection or does not receive a radio station signal POSSIBLE CAUSES BAD ANTENNA CONNECTION TEST ANTENNA RADIO ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Radio Antenna connector Inspect the Radio Antenna connection Was the Antenna connection clean and tight Yes GoTo 2 No Repair Antenna connection as needed Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Refer to the Audio System in the service information and test the Antenna in accordance with the service procedure Is the Antenna ok Yes GoTo 3 No Repair or replace the Antenna assembly as necessary Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Reconnect all previously disconnected components Turn the ignition and Radio on NOTE Move vehicle outside approximately 30ft from any structure With the DRBIII9 erase the audio DTC s put the radio in seek up and seek down mode for approximately 2 minutes before proceeding With the DRBIII read the audio DTC s Did this DTC reset Yes Replace the Radio Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 95 AUDIO Symptom POWER AMP SHUTDOWN When Monitored and Set Condition POWER AMP SHUTDOWN When Monitored Ignition in RUN and I OD fuse ins
241. on for 6 8 seconds If the lamp turns off it means that the ACM has checked the system and found it to be free of discernible malfunctions If the lamp remains on there could be an active fault in the system or the MIC lamp circuit may be inter nally shorted to ground If the lamp comes on and stays on for a period longer than 6 8 seconds then goes off thereis usually an intermittent problem in the system The ACM cannot be repaired or adjusted and if damaged or faulty it must be replaced 3 1 1 DRIVER AIRBAG DAB The airbag protective trim cover is the most visible part of the driver side airbag system The module is mounted directly to the steering wheel Located under the trim cover are the horn switch the airbag cushion and the airbag cushion support ing components The airbag module includes a housing to which the cushion and inflator are attached and sealed The airbag module cannot be repaired and must be replaced if deployed or in any way damaged The inflator assembly is mounted to the back of the airbag module The inflator seals the hole in the airbag cushion so it can discharge the gas it produces directly into the cushion when supplied with the proper electrical signal The pro tective trim cover is fitted to the front of the airbag module and forms a decorative cover in the center of the steering wheel Upon airbag deployment this cover will split at a predetermined breakout line WARNING THE AIRBAG INFLATOR ASS
242. onnectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector Measure the voltage on the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Clockspring connector and ground 15 there any voltage present Yes Repair the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to battery Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 5 32 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII9 monito
243. ons Did the test light illuminate when the lock switch was pressed in both directions Yes Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Relay Output wire between the RKE connector and the door lock motor connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Driver Door Lock Relay Output Wire for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 206 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK amp UNLOCK Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor connector All Disconnect the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output wire between the RKE connector and the door lock motor connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes Test Complete No Repair the open Driver Door Unlock Relay Output wire Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 207 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT WIRE SHORT TO GROUND RKE MODULE DEFECTIVE DRIVER UNLOCK OPEN ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition of
244. open Ignition Switch Output Run Start circuit Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Reinstall the previously removed Airbag Run Start Fuse WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY Measure the voltage of the used Ignition Switch Output Run Start Circuit between the Airbag Control Module connector ground Is the voltage above approximately 4 5 volts Yes GoTo 6 No Repair open Fused Ignition Switch Output Run Start circuit Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 42 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN START Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIII record
245. or trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance between the Door Unlock Relay Output circuit and the Door Lock Relay Output circuit Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Door Unlock Relay Output wire for a short to the Door Lock Relay Output wire Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn ignition off Remove the appropriate inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Door Lock Motor connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Relay Output wire to ground Is the resistance below 1000 0 ohms Yes Repair the Door Lock Relay Output wire for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Test Complete 210 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom RKE INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES TEST TRANSMITTER WITH TESTER RKE TRANSMITTER NOT PROGRAMMED TEST RKE TRANSMITTER RKE TRANSMITTER INOPERATIVE RKE MODULE RKE MODULE RECEIVER INOPERABLE ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensurethe RKE moduleis configured for RKE and the M1 IOD fuse is installed Note Ensure the voltage of each battery is greater than 3 0 volts before proceeding Do you have access to the Miller Tool 9001 RF DETECTOR Yes GoTo 2 GoTo 4 Using the 900
246. pter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool 8815 Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor dance with the Service Information Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 109 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM PCM PCM SCI ONLY NGC POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE Perform the symptom Checking PCM Power Ground Circuits in the Driveability category NOTE With the DRBIII in the generic scan tool mode attempt to commu nicate with the PCM NOTE If the DRBIII can communicate with the PCM in the ge
247. r active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wireharness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect therelated harnesses L ook for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 33 AIRBAG Symptom DRIVER SQUIB 1SHORT TO GROUND ETE LLL When Monitored and Set Condition DRIVER SQUIB 1SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits Set Condition TheACM has detected a short to ground in the Driver Squib 1 circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND CLOCKSPRING DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE
248. rately display the outside temperature to avoid hot soak condition readings The dis played outside temperature information is stored within the memory of the compass temp mirror When the Compass Temp Mirror is first powered up it retrieves the temperature data from the module memory The memory temperature is com pared with the temperature received from the am bient temperature sensor The colder of the two temperatures is displayed TEMPERATURE UPDATE WARM On power up when the outside temperature sensed by the ambient temperature sensor is warmer than the temperature stored in the module memory the Compass Temp Mirror will update the displayed temperature in relation to vehicle speed and engine temperature data received on the PCI Bus GENERAL INFORMATION TEMPERATURE UPDATE COLD On power up when the outside air temperature sensed by the ambient temperature sensor is colder than the stored memory temperature the Compass Temp Mirror will update the displayed temperature to the outside temperature at a rate of 1 F every 2 seconds regardless if the vehicle is moving or not EXTREME TEMPERATURE OPEN OR SHORT CONDITION f the measured outside temperature is more than 60 C 140 F or the ambient temperature sensor sense circuit is shorted to ground the temp display will be 60 C 140 F to indicate a short circuit condition f the measured outside temperature is less than 45 C 49 F or the ambient tempera
249. re the battery is fully charged All Turn the ignition on NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ONE LEFT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 LEFT SIACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 RIGHT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 RIGHT 51 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 79 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND Continued APPLICABILITY WARNING TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Seat Airbag connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Seat Airbag connector WARNING TURN IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII9 read SIACM active Does the DRBIII9 display SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Seat Airbag in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PR
250. repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the 2 monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all
251. rform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A 234 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests 40 41TE NGC TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1 NOTE After completion of the Transmission Verification Test the Powertrain All Verification Test must be performed Refer to the Powertrain Category 2 Connect the DRBIII9 to the Data Link Connector DLC 3 Reconnect any disconnected components 4 With the DRBIII erase all Transmission 5 also erase the PCM DTC s 5 Perform PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of repairs for P0706 CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL 6 With the DRBIII display Transmission Temperature Start and run the engine until the Transmission Temperature is HOT above 43 C or 110 F 7 Check thetransmission fluid and adjust if necessary Refer tothe Service nformation for the Fluid Fill procedure 8 NOTE If the Transmission Control Module or Torque Converter has been replaced or if the Transmission has been repaired or replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIII Quick Learn Procedure and reset the Pinion Factor 9 Road test the vehide With the DRBIII9 monitor the engine RPM Make 15 to 20 1 2 2 3 3 4 upshifts Perform these shifts from a standing start to 45 MPH with a constant throttle opening of 20 to 25 degrees 10 Below 25 MPH make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear Allow at least 5 seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown 11 For a specific
252. ropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY With the DRBIII9 read the active Airbag DTCs Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT Yes GoTo 4 No Replace Clockspring Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector Measure the resistance between the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 at the Clockspring connector Is the resistance below 10K ohms Yes Repair the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit shorted to Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 29 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT Continued APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH If there are no possib
253. row to set voltage range to 20 volts Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool 8815 Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform 40 41TE NGC TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Using the schematics as a guide inspect the wiring and connectors Repair as necessary Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor dance with the service information WITH THE DRBIII9 PER FORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR Perform 40 41TE NGC TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 123 COMMUNICATION Symptom PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR DLC PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE MODULE SHORT TO VOLTAGE PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND MODULE SHORT TO GROUND APPLICABILITY Note Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before begin All ning Note When attempting to communicate with any of the modules on this vehicle the DRB will display 1 of 2 different communication errors a NO RESPONSE
254. rvice Information Perform SKIS VERIFICATION 120 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE NGC POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT S OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Note As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB answer the question With the DRB attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster With the DRB attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module Was the able to I D or establish communications with both of the modules Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to Communications category and perform the appropri ate symptom Perform 40 41TE NGC TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the PCM harness connectors CAUTION DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Turn the ignition on Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe both Fused Ignition Switch Output circuits cavs 11 and 12 in the appropriate terminal of special tool 8815 NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Is the test light illum
255. s Cyde the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds With the DRBIII read DTC s Does the DRBIII9 display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT with all the rear speakers disconnected Yes GoTo 5 Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 84 AUDIO ALL OUTPUTS SHORT Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off Disconnect each front I P and rear speaker harness connector Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker circuit Is the resistance below 1000 0 1K ohms Yes Repair the speaker circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off All Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connector Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker circuit Is the resistance below 1000 0 1K ohms Yes Repair the speaker circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off Disconnect each front I P and rear speaker harness connector Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector Measure the resistance between each speaker circuit and each speaker circuit 15 the resistance below 1000 0 1K ohms for any of the measurements Yes Repair the speaker circuits shorted together Perform BOD
256. s 800 Chrysler Drive CIMS 486 02 76 Auburn Hills MI 48326 2757 FOLD HERE
257. s and the Dome Light Switch Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to Symptom list for problems related to COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 With the DRBIII9 select THEFT ALARM VTSS MISCELLANEOUS ENABLE ILLUMINATED ENTRY With the DRBIII read the ILLUMINATED ENTRY status Does the DRBIII9 display ENABLED Yes The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition Look for any chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wires Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 With the DRB enable the Illuminated Entry Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 179 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom BODY STYLE MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition BODY STYLE MISMATCH When Monitored When the ignition is in the run position during Remote Keyless Entry Module configuration Set Condition Once the body style configuration is complete the RKE compares its configuration information with the PCI bus message transmitted by the Powertrain Control Module pertaining to body style A miscomparison will result in setting the trouble code POSSIBLE CAUSES BODY STYLE MISMATCH Erea Repair Instructions BODY STYLE MISMATCH With the DRBIII select Theft Alarm Miscellaneous Configure Module and follow instructions on the screen Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 180 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Sy
258. s communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding If not refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII9 select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to Set voltage range to 20 volts Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Radio connector Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes GoTo 6 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Radio Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 114 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERROGATE ACM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT RUN START OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All With the DRB
259. s should pulse between zero and about seven and a half volts Refer to the following figure for some typical dis plays The PCI Bus failure modes are broken down into two categories Complete PCI Bus Communication Failure and individual module no response Causes of a complete PCI Bus Communication Failure indude a short to ground or battery on the PCI circuit Individual module no response can be caused by an open circuit at the module or an open battery or ground circuit to the affected module Symptoms of a complete PCI Bus Communi cati on Failure would include but are not limited to All gauges on the EMIC stay at zero e All telltales on EMIC illuminate e EMIC backlighting at full intensity e Noresponse received from any module on the PCI bus except PCM No start if equipped with Sentry Key Immobi lizer Symptoms of Individual module failure could include any one or more of the above The difference would be that at least one or more modules would respond to the DRBIII Diagnosis starts with symptom identification If a complete PCI Bus Communication Failure is sus GENERAL INFORMATION pected begin by identifying which modules the vehide is equipped with and then attempt to get a response from the modules with the DRBIII9 If any modules are responding the failure is not related to the total bus but can be caused by one or more modules PCI circuit or power supply and ground circuits The DRBIII9 may display BUS
260. s that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 40 AIRBAG Symptom LOSS OF IGNITION RUN START E When Monitored and Set Condition LOSS OF IGNITION RUN START When Monitored With the ignition in the Run or Start position the module monitors the Run Start circuit for proper system voltage Set Condition The code will set if the voltage on the Run Start circuit drops below approximately 4 5 volts for the ACM or 6 7 volts for the SIACM POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENT SHORTED TO GROUND IGNITION SWITCH RUN START CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN START CIRCUIT OPEN ACM FUSED IGNITION OUTPUT RUN START CIRCUIT OPEN MODULE RUN START SHORTED TO GROUND RSIACM LOW IGNITION RUN START VOLTAGE LSIACM LOW IGNITION RUN START VOLTAGE STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM From the list below select the appropriate module and DTC type for the this diagnostic trouble code SELECT ONE ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 7 LEFT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 8 RIGHT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 9 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag sys
261. s time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 63 AIRBAG Symptom PASSENGER SQUIB 1SHORT TO BATTERY E When Monitored and Set Condition PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored When theignition is on theACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits Set Condition ACM has detected high voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY PASSENGER SQUIB 1 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY ACM PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that the battery is fully charged All Turn the ignition on NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC ACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 ACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 64 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI All TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEP
262. senger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuit between the ACM Adaptor and the Passenger Airbag connector Is the resistance below 1 0 ohms on both circuits Yes Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 59 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1CIRCUIT OPEN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged All With the DRBIII record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses
263. short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off All Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connector Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker circuit Is the resistance below 1000 0 1K ohms Yes Repair the speaker circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 7 Turn the ignition off Disconnect each front I P and rear speaker harness connector Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector Measure the resistance between each speaker circuit and each speaker circuit 15 the resistance below 1000 0 1K ohms for any of the measurements Yes Repair the speaker circuits shorted together Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 8 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Radio Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 98 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM ACM POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING FOR VOLTAGE AT ACM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY Ensure that the battery is fully charged All WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the ACM harness connector Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector Turn the ign
264. ster harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts probe the ground circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused B circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Turn the ignition on Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 105 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Note E nsure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All vehicle before proceeding If not refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connec the scope input cable
265. t refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary Disconnect the CAB harness connector Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connec the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to Set voltage range to 20 volts Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the CAB connector Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Controller Antilock Brake in accordance with the Service Information Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 104 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Turn all lights off Disconnect the Instrument Clu
266. t for problems related to NO RE SPONSE FROM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE No GoTo 3 Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII select Body MIC MODULE DISPLAY Does the DRBIII9 display NO RESPONSE from MIC Yes Refer to the symptom list for problems related to NO RE SPONSE FROM THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER No GoTo 4 152 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ALL GAUGES INOPERATIVE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Inspect the 11 Fusein the Fuse Block for LHD vehicles 12 Fuse for LHD autostick equipped vehicles 10 Fuse in the Fuse Block for RHD vehicles 9 Fuse for RHD autostick equipped vehicles If the fuse is open replace with proper rated fuse Turn the ignition on for one minute Turn the ignition off Inspect the 11 Fusein the Fuse Block for LHD vehicles 12 Fuse for LHD autostick equipped vehicles 10 Fuse in the Fuse Block for RHD vehicles 9 Fuse for RHD autostick equipped vehicles Is the fuse open Yes Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage between the F used Ignition Switch Output circuit pin 15 and ground For autostick equipped vehides also measurethe voltage between the F used Ignition Switch Output circuit pin 9 and ground Is the voltage above 10 5 volts
267. t this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 69 AIRBAG Symptom SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored With theignition is On the SIACM monitors the resistance of the Seat Squib circuits Set Condition When the SIACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Seat Squib circuits POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT AIRBAG OPEN SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN SIACM SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the battery is fully charged All Turn the ignition on NOTE For the purpose of this test the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM SELECT ONE LEFT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 LEFT SIACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 RIGHT SIACM ACTIVE DTC GoTo 2 RIGHT SIACM STORED DTC GoTo 4 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 70 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING WARNING DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJ URY Disconnect the Seat Airbag connector NOTE Check connectors Clean an
268. talled Set Condition The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER I P SHORTED SPEAKER REAR SHORTED SPEAKER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SPEAKER amp CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Turn the Radio on With the DRBIII erase the audio Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds With the DRBIII read the audio 5 Does the DRBIII9 display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN Yes GoTo 2 No Refer tothe wiring diagrams located the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent short Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 96 AUDIO POWER AMP SHUTDOWN Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All NOTE Perform this procedure after disconnecting each front speaker connector Disconnect each front speaker harness connector one at a time Turn the ignition on Turn the radio on With the DRBIII erase the audio DTCs Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds With the DRBIII9 read Does the DRBIII9 display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN with all the front speakers disconnected Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off NOTE P
269. tem components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected 41 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN START Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off Remove and inspect the Airbag Run Start Fuse NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary Is the Fuse open Yes GoTo 3 GoTo 4 WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN IGNITION All OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run Start circuit between the Airbag Run Start Fuse and ground While monitoring the ohmmeter disconnect each airbag system component on the Run Start circuit one at a time NOTE Refer to the service information and system schematics to identify component s on the run start circuit Is the resistance above 10K ohms Yes after removing a component Replace the shorted airbag system component in accordance with Service Instructions and replace the airbag Run Start fuse Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No after all components are removed Repair the Fused Ignition Run Start circuit shorted to ground and replace Airbag Run Start F use Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage of the Ignition Switch Output circuit between the Airbag Run Start Fuse and ground 15 the voltage above approximately 4 5 volts Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the
270. ter experiences loss of PCI Bus communication with other modules on the Bus the Cluster will display nobuS in the VF display The illumination lamps are hard wired in the Instrument Cluster When the Park or Headlamps are turned on the Cluster receives a hard wire input from the Multi Function Switch The Cluster sends a Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal to ground through the Multi Function Switch The varying voltage drop is sensed by the Instrument Panel Drivers to create a corresponding amount of illumi nation dimming This dimming level is then sent out from the Cluster to other components The Cluster will communicate with the DRBIII9 to display PCI Engine Info PCI Bus info and certain inputs outputs The Cluster is also capable of performing a diagnostic Self Test that is actuated by depressing and holding the Odometer trip reset stalk while cycling the ignition from the off to the on position The Cluster will position all of the gauges at specified calibration points and will illuminate all the PCI Bus controlled indicators The Cluster will also illuminate each segment of the VF display If the Cluster does not detect voltage on the Courtesy Lamp circuit the message FUSE will alternate with the odometer trip odometer for 30 thirty seconds after the ignition is turned on and for 15 fifteen seconds after the vehicle is first moved 3 6 INTERIOR LIGHTING The Courtesy Lamps are controlled by the instru ment cluster
271. the DRB III eraseall DTC s Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the key on for at least 90 seconds per cyde 9 With the DRB III read the SKIM DTC s Arethere any SKIM DTC s Yes Repair is not complete refer to appropriate symptom No Repair is complete VTSS VERIFICATION TEST 1A APPLICABILITY 1 Ensure all doors and the decklid are closed All 2 Open the driver door 3 Remove the ignition key but keep in hand 4 Lock the doors with RKE transmitter 5 Close the driver door 6 If the VTSS indicator lamp flashes rapidly and after approximately 15 seconds changes to a slower flash the system is operational 7 If the indicator fails to flash as described there is a problem with the system Select the Identifying VTSS symptom from the Symptom List to troubleshoot Does the VTSS indicator lamp flash as specified Yes Repair is complete No Repair is not complete refer to appropriate symptom 238 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8 0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8 1 AIRBAG SYSTEM d 8 1 1 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE ACM FLOOR CONSOLE N WITH ARMREST T ATTACHING 3 SCREWS L T S AIRBAG SSIR CONTROL MODULE 80b45733 8 1 2 AIRBAG MODULE DRIVER DRIVER AIRBAG PASSENGER MODULE AIRBAG MODULE DATA LINK 80b89816 FUSE BLOCK CONNECTOR 8 1 3 AIRBAG MODULE PASSENGER DRIVER AIRBAG PASSENGER MODULE AIRBAG MODULE ee C
272. the resistance between ground and the passenger Door Switch Mux circuit cavity 11 in the RKE module connector Is the resistance below 8000 0 ohms Yes GoTo 3 No Replace the Remote Keyless Entry module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 190 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH FAILURE Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE This test is for an EXPORT vehicle only If this is a DOMESTIC All vehicle answer YES to the question and continue Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Remove the passenger door inner trim panel Disconnect the Cylinder Lock Switch connector Measure the resistance between ground and the passenger Door Switch Mux circuit cavity 11 Is the resistance below 8000 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Replace the Cylinder Lock Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Door Lock Switch connector Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance between ground and the passenger Door Switch Mux circuit cavity 11 Is the resistance below 8000 0 ohms Yes Repair the passenger Door Switch Mux circuit for a short to ground Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Door Lock Switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 191 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom ALL DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES DECKLID RELEASE RELAY OUTPUT WIR
273. ther modules If not All refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom and repair as necessary WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN THE IGNI TION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE FORE PROCEEDING Disconnect the ACM harness connector Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII9 select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the ACM connector Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module ACM in accordance with the Service Information WARNING To avoid personal injury or death make sure the battery is disconnected and wait 2 minutes
274. this display and the application screen Press F4 when done noting information 3 9 2 DRBIII DOES NOT POWER UP If the LED s donot light or no sound is emitted at start up check for loose cable connections or a bad cable Check the vehicle battery voltage data link connector cavity 16 A minimum of 11 volts is required to adequately power the DRBIII If all connections are proper between the DRBIII9 and the vehicle or other devices and the vehicle battery is fully charged and inoperative DRBIII9 be the result of faulty cable or vehicle wiring 3 9 3 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the display Adjust the contrast to compensate for this condition 4 0 DISCLAIMERS SAFETY WARNINGS 4 1 DISCLAIMERS All information illustrations and specifications contained in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice 4 2 SAFETY 4 2 1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION WARNING WHEN OPERATING ENGINES PRODUCE AN ODORLESS GAS CALLED CARBON MONOXIDE INHALING CARBON MONOXIDE GAS CAN RESULT IN SLOWER REACTION TIMES AND CAN LEAD TO PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL VENTILATED OR ATTACH THE VEHICLE EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST REMOVAL SYSTEM Set the parking brake and block the wheels before testing or repairing the vehide It is
275. tion for discon necting airbag system components nspect the wir ing connector and terminals for damage or mis alignment Substitute the airbag load tool in place of a Driver or Passenger Airbag curtain airbag clockspring or seat belt tensioner use a jumper if needed Then follow all of the safety procedures in the service information for connecting airbag sys tem components Read the module active If the module reports NO ACTIVE DTC s the defective component has been removed from the system and should be replaced If the DTC is still active con tinue this process until all components in the circuit have been tested Then disconnect the module con nector and connec the matching adapter to the module connector With all airbags disconnected and the adapter installed the squib wiring can be tested for open and shorted conditions 3 1 7 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Airbag diagnostic trouble codes consist of active and stored codes If more than one code exists diagnostic priority should be given to the active codes Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by following a specific testing procedure The diagnos tictest procedures contain step by step instructions for determining the cause of the trouble codes It is not necessary to perform all of thetests in this book to diagnose an individual code Active diagnostic trouble codes for the airbag system are not permanent and will change the moment the reason for the code
276. tion off Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Disconnect the Multi function Switch harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Turn the ignition on Measure the voltage between the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit and ground 15 there any voltage present Yes Repair the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 150 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PANEL DIMMER OPEN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Disconnect the Multi Function Switch harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the open in the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Reconnect the Multi Function Switch harness connector before proceeding Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Multi Function Switch harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Measuretheresistance of the Multi Function Switch Ground circuit to a known good ground Does the resistance measure less than 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the open in the Multi Function Switch Ground circuit Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the I nstrument
277. tions WARNING IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME IT MUST BE REPLACED Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE Ensure the battery is fully charged With the DRBIIIS record and erase all DTCs from all modules All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps With the DRBIII9 monitor active codes as you work through the system NOTE If equipped with Passenger Airbag On Off switch read the in all switch positions Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message Thefollowing additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 48 AIRBAG Symptom NO CLUSTER MESSA
278. to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Select 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down arrow to Set voltage range to 20 volts Press F2 again when complete Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Instrument Cluster connector Turn the ignition on Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7 5 volts Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the service information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 106 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERROGATE ACM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT RUN START OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All With the DRBIII select Passive Restraints With the DRBIII select Airbag and read the active DTC s Is the Loss Of Ignition Run Start DTC set Yes Refer to the symptom list and perform the Loss Of Ignition Run Start symptom Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 2 Ensure that the battery is fully charged Warning
279. top NOTE Check connectors Clean and repair as necessary You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem Visually inspect related wire harness connectors Look for broken bent pushed out spread corroded or contaminated terminals Visually inspect the related harnesses Look for chafed pierced pinched or partially broken wire Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply Did the DTC become active Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List No problem found at this time Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer 81 AIRBAG Symptom AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACM TROUBLE CODES POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PROBLEMS ACM INDICATOR ON NO CODES ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All Makesurethat all active DTC s have been repaired before performing this procedure WARNING TO AVOID PERSONAL INJ URY OR DEATH TURN IGNITION OFF DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING Does the DRBIII9 show LAMP REQ BY ACM ON Yes GoTo 2 No Refer toINSTRUMENT CLUSTER CATEGORY symptom list for problems related to Instrument Cluster Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 NOTE When reconnecting Airbag system components the ignition must be turned off and the battery must
280. ture sensor sense circuit is open the temp display will be 45 C 49 F to indicate an open circuit condition AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR DESCRIPTION TheAmbient Temperature Sensor is hardwired to the PCM The ambient air temperature is moni tored and displayed by the Compass Temp Mirror The ambient temperature sensor cannot be ad justed or repaired and if faulty or damaged it must be replaced OPERATION The resistance in the ambient temperature sen sor changes as the outside temperature rises or falls The PCM senses the change in reference voltage through the ambient temperature sensor resistor Based on the resistance of the ambient temperature sensor the PCM is programmed to correspond to a specific temperature The Compass Temp Mirror then displays the proper ambient temper ature AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS The outside temperature function is supported by the ambient temperature sensor a signal and ground circuit hardwired to the PCM and the Compass Temp Mirror display If the Compass Temp Mirror display indicates 60 C 140 F or the ambient temperature sensor sense circuit is shorted to ground the temp display will be 60 140 F to indicate a SHORT circuit condition If the Compass Temp Mirror display indicates 45 C 49 F or the ambient temperature sensor sense circuit is open the temp display will be 45 C 49 F to indicate an OPEN circuit condition If there is an OPEN or SHO
281. uestion operate properly Yes Test Complete No Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 169 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom PRND OR AUTOSTICK INDICATOR DISPLAY INACCURATE OR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE Ensure that there is communication between the MIC PCM and the All TCM before proceeding with this test NOTE Diagnose and repair any DTCs before proceeding with this test NOTE Ensure that the TCM passes the Shift Lever Test with the DRBIII before proceeding with this test Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII read DTCs Does the DRBIII display any MIC PCM or TCM DTCs Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to DTC s No GoTo 2 Perform the I nstrument Cluster Self Test Turn the ignition off Press and hold the Trip Reset button Turn the ignition on Observe the PRND AutoStick VF display during the Self Test Did any part of the VF display fail to illuminate Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 The condition is not present at this time Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins TSB that may apply Visually in spect the related wiring harness and connector termina
282. uit in the appropriate Door Lock Switch connector Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 200 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM A DOOR LOCK SWITCH Continued APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Disconnect the Door Lock Switch connector Measure the resistance of the appropriate Door Switch Mux circuit between the RKE connector and the Door Lock Switch connector 15 the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the Door Switch Mux wire for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Repair Replace the Door Lock Switch open resistor Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector Disconnect the Door Lock Switch connector Measure the voltage between the appropriate Door Switch Mux circuit and ground 15 there any voltage present Yes Repair the Door Switch Mux wire for a short to voltage Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No Replace the Remote Keyless Entry module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 201 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES AUTO DOOR LOCKS NOT ENABLED DOOR AJ AR STATUS PCM DTC S PRESE
283. und circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool 8815 NOTE The test light must illuminate brightly Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery Is the light illuminated at all ground circuits Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the Ground circuit s for an open Check the main ground connection to engine block and or chassis Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information Perform 40 41TE NGC TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 122 COMMUNICATION NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE NGC Continued APPLICABILITY Note Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All vehicle before proceeding If not refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary Disconnect the PCM harness connectors CAUTION DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL 8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS Use Scope input cable CH 7058 Cable to Probe adapter CH 7062 and the red and black test probes Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable With the DRBIII9 select Pep Module Tools Select lab scope Select Live Data Selec 12 volt square wave Press F2 for Scope Press F2 and use the down ar
284. uration programmed by the plant does not equal the configuration of the cluster POSSIBLE CAUSES EATX BUS MESSAGE DTC PRESENT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION INCORRECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII9 read DTCs All Does the DRBIII9 display EATX Bus Message Not Received Yes Refer to Communication for the related symptom No GoTo 2 With the DRBIII9 in Cluster Type ensure that the Instrument Cluster is correctly configured Is the Instrument Cluster configured correctly Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No With the DRBIII configure the Instrument Cluster Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 145 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom FUEL LEVEL SENSOR OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition FUEL LEVEL SENSOR OPEN When Monitored With theignition on Customer Complaint fuel gauge displays empty Set Condition The Instrument Cluster monitors the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit resistance If the Cluster detects a resistance greater than 1500 ohms or less than 25 ohms for 18 seconds this code will set POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN FUEL PUMP MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on All With the DRBIII9 erase C
285. utput wire for a short to the Door Unlock Relay Output wire Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 5 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module connector Measure the resistance between the Decklid Release Relay Output terminal and the 198 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE ALL DOORS FAIL TO LOCK Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining view repair All Repair Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 199 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE Symptom ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM A DOOR LOCK SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT DOOR SWITCH GROUND WIRE OPEN DOOR SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE DOOR SWITCH MUX WIRE OPEN DOOR LOCK SWITCH OPEN REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE HIGH VOLTAGE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE LOW VOLTAGE ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII9 read DTCs All Are there any POWER DOOR LOCK related Trouble Codes Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to POWER DOOR LOCKS Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 GoTo 2 With the DRBIII9 in Sensors read the appropriate DOOR LOCK SW voltage Select the reading found Between 0 0 and 3 7 volts Replace the Remote Keyless Entry module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Between 4 9 and 5 5 volts GoTo 3 Above 5 6 volts GoTo 6 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Door Lock Switch connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circ
286. ver above the glove box is the most visible part of the passenger side airbag system Located under the airbag door is the airbag cushion and its supporting components The airbag module includes a housing to which the cushion and inflator are attached and sealed The airbag module cannot be repaired and must be replaced if deployed or in any way dam aged The inflator assembly is mounted to the back of the airbag module The inflator includes a small canister of highly compressed argon gas The infla tor seals the hole in the airbag cushion so it can discharge the compressed gas it contains directly into the cushion when supplied with the proper electrical signal The airbag door has a living hinge at the top which is secured to the instrument panel top cover The door also has predetermined break out lines concealed beneath its decorative cover Upon airbag deployment the airbag door will split at the breakout lines and the door will pivot out of the way WARNING THE AIRBAG INFLATOR ASSEM BLY CONTAINS SODIUM AZIDE AND POTAS SIUM NITRATE THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE CONTACT WITH ACID WATER OR HEAVY METALS MAY PRODUCE HARMFUL AND IRRITATING GASES SODIUM HYDROXIDE IS FORMED IN THE PRESENCE OF MOISTURE OR COMBUSTIBLE COMPOUNDS IN ADDITION THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED TO OVER 2500 PSI DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR DO NOT PUNCTURE INC
287. witch Sense 25 BELT E o SWITCH LB LG OR KEY IN Key In Ignition Switch Sense 23 16 Left Turn Signal IGNITION SWITCH YL TO DOME MAP COURTESY Courtesy Lamp Control 3 LAMPS OR TO DIMMABLE Panel Lamps Driver COMPONENTS TO DRIVER DOOR BK OR IN Ground Driver Door Ajar RKE Sense 24 AJAR SWITCH TO PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH LB OR Passenger Door Ajar RKE Sense BR WT Rear Fog Lamp Switch Output BUX Only 1 LB Fog Lamp Swi ch Output 4 RD Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal 6 TO MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH BK YL Headlamp Switch Output Dimmer Switch Low Beam Output RD OR Dimmer Switch High Beam Output TN Right Turn Signal LG Left Turn Signal 80ce3f66 S o H M D R M S 269 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10 6 INTERIOR LIGHTING INTERIOR LIGHTING COURTESY LAMPS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TN Left Front Door Ajar Switch Sense TO LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH DB OR Passenger Door Ajar RKE Sense aU TO PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH 10 7 POWER DOOR LOCKS RKE FUSE 13 1 i LAMP pu cs Courtesy Lamp Control 1 3 g us UE 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 OR Panel Lamps Driver TO PANEL 12 ILLUMINATION LAMPS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH porem
288. y 7 5 volts Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 If there are no possible causes remaining view repair Yes Replacethe Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module RSIACM in accordance with the Service Information WARNING Make sure the battery is disconnected and wait 2 minutes before proceeding Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 116 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM RKE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Turn all lights off Disconnect the RKE Module harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts probe both ground circuits Is the test light illuminated for both ground circuits Yes GoTo 2 No Repair the ground circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the RKE Module harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe each Fused circuit Is the test light illuminated for each Fused B circuit Yes GoTo 3 No Check the fuses that feed the Fused B circuits for an open If ok repair the Fused circuit that did not illuminate the test light for an open Refer tothe wiring diagrams in the service informa tion Perform BODY VERIFICAT
289. ycle the ignition off and then back on With the DRBIII read 5 Does the DRBIII9 display Fuel Level Sensor Open No Test complete DTC is intermittent Road test the vehicle and recheck for DTC s If the code returns rerun this test Refer to Technical Service Bulletins TSB that may aply Inspect related harness and connectors Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Yes GoTo 2 Turn the ignition off Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Turn the ignition on NOTE The ignition must be turned off for at least 10 minutes to allow the cluster to go to sleep before proceeding with this test Measure the voltage between the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit and ground 15 there any voltage present Yes Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 No GoTo 3 146 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FUEL LEVEL SENSOR OPEN Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off All Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector Check connectors Clean repair as necessary Connect a jumper wire between the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit and ground Turn the ignition on With the DRBIII in Sensors read the Fuel Sender Volts Does the DRBIII9 display 0 zero volts Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fuel Level
290. yless Entry Modulein accordance with the service information Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST VER 1 118 COMMUNICATION Symptom NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE MIC GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on With the DRB enter Body then Electro Mech Cluster MIC Was the able to 1 0 or communicate with the MIC Yes GoTo 2 No Refer to the symptom list for problems related to communica tion with the MIC Perform SKIS VERIFICATION Turn the ignition off Disconnect the SKIM harness connector Measure the resistance between ground and the ground circuit Is the resistance below 5 0 ohms Yes GoTo 3 No Repair the ground circuit for an open Perform SKIS VERIFICATION Output circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 4 No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open Perform SKIS VERIFICATION Turn the ignition off Disconnect the SKIM harness connector Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground probe the Fused B circuit Is the test light illuminated Yes GoTo 5 No Repair the Fused B circuit for an open Perform SKIS VERIFICATION Turn the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents